Conference Agenda
Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).
Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 10th May 2025, 09:56:17 EEST
|
Session Overview | |
Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Cap: 68 |
Date: Monday, 26/Aug/2024 | |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 D: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Formal and Informal Mentoring: The Literature Review 1Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Almaty, Kazakhstan; 2ChBD NIS Almaty, Kazakhstan; 3NARXOZ University Presenting Author:As a young teacher and a graduate of Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, I have returned to pursue further studies as a PhD student. My personal journey has sparked my interest in mentoring, particularly in the context of formal and informal mentoring programmes. Mentoring is a crucial aspect of professional development, particularly for novice teachers who require support and guidance as they show the complexities of the classroom. Mentoring is a process that defines the relationship between mentor and mentee. Mentoring can take many forms, ranging from formal programmes to informal relationships that develop spontaneously between colleagues. The literature on mentoring is vast and varied, with empirical studies exploring the benefits and challenges of different mentoring approaches. As a young teacher, I have experienced the benefits of mentoring first-hand. I have been fortunate to have mentors who have provided me with guidance and support as I face classroom challenges. However, I have also encountered the limitations of mentoring, particularly regarding access to resources and the challenges of mentoring programmes. Formal mentoring requires a short-term (one-year) formal programme (Inzer & Crawford, 2005). The mentors are usually assigned and protégés (mentees) are strongly encouraged to participate in this programme (Cotton, Ragins, & Miller, 2000). An informal programme, on the other hand, is defined as a natural process where the mentor and mentee are in a good relationship that contains personal and professional respect. The relationship is usually long-term. However, in comparing formal and informal mentoring, Boyle and Boice (1998) found that participants of the formal mentoring programme reported high levels of satisfaction, considering better planning, organisation, systematic feedback, and the huge involvement of mentees in school activities. As discussed by the other researcher, Mathias (2005), teachers who just started their career, have a greater appreciation for the formal mentorship component. Furthermore, he follows that formal mentorship provided them with more in-depth support for professional growth, with the help of outside experts, invited to support the unique requirements of each department. On the other hand, according to the study of Inzer and Crawford (2005), informal organisational mentoring is more advantageous than formal mentoring. They argue that more career development activities, such as coaching, giving difficult jobs, or raising mentees’ experience and reflectiveness, were performed by informal mentors. Positive psychosocial behaviours like counselling, social interaction assistance, role modelling, and friendship-granting were more frequently performed by informal mentors. Due to the ease of relating to one another, informal mentoring ties grow. As the mentee may seek to imitate the mentor's traits, and the mentor may recognise themselves in the mentee. Consequently, informal mentoring is considered one of the most effective and useful strategies for mentees’ development, as it lasts longer and is based on both mentor and mentee satisfaction. It takes place in a relationship that both teachers voluntarily form, where friendship comes first, followed by education and career. Although informal mentors excel in career development, they fail to acknowledge the structured programmes that formal mentoring might provide for skill enhancement. Moreover, emphasising how simple it is to establish ties in informal mentoring may have the possibility of prejudice or the absence of systematic supervision in these kinds of relationships, resulting in the mentor and mentee choice being based more on personal preferences than on objective standards of professional growth. Therefore, the paper aims to provide a further review of the literature by comparing formal and informal mentoring programmes by highlighting the benefits and critiques that each type of programme faces. The review addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology employed in this review reflects my personal experiences and challenges encountered during the research process. In order to perform this literature evaluation on the topic of formal and informal mentoring, a thorough and systematic strategy was chosen. Using Boolean operators for refinement, the search method used keywords like "formal mentoring," "informal mentoring," "mentorship," "mentoring programmes," and "mentoring relationships" to look for electronic databases like SCOPUS, ERIC, Google Scholar and the university library. While access to certain scholarly articles was limited due to subscription constraints, as my university could not provide me with a SCOPUS subscription, I managed these challenges by utilizing open-access resources, such as Sci-hub. This approach allowed me to engage with a wide range of literature while acknowledging and working within the limitations posed by subscription barriers. Peer-reviewed articles and scholarly publications published in English, Russian and Kazakh between 1990 and 2023 were included in the inclusion criteria. The choice of this time frame is notable since it coincides with Kazakhstan's independence, marking a period of substantial change in the nation's educational system. Furthermore, the review includes international sources that provide thorough analyses of mentorship systems that extend beyond Kazakhstan. After a first screening of the titles and abstracts, a full-text review was conducted, and 30 papers out of initial number of 70 were ultimately chosen, with an emphasis on reviews, meta-analyses, and empirical research. Information about the author(s), publication year, research design, methodology, important findings, and implications were all retrieved as part of the data extraction process. The nature of mentoring relationships as formal and informal, the comparison of both formal and informal mentoring, the benefits and critiques of formal and informal mentoring, and the contextual elements affecting mentoring practices were chosen as the basis for thematic categorisation of the articles. Systematic quality evaluation ensured the reliability and validity of the selected literature. While acknowledging certain limitation as the period of time selected, the technique used offers a strong basis for the analysis of the literature provided in this paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, this literature review has been a valuable learning experience for me as an emerging researcher. It has provided insights into the complexities of mentoring and the challenges faced in accessing scholarly resources. Through this process, I have gained a deeper understanding of the methodologies and a broader understanding of mentoring, which has significantly contributed to my professional development as a Ph.D. student. The review has also shed light on the challenges inherent in accessing scholarly literature, prompting a reflection on the limitations and opportunities presented by the current academic environment. Overall, the literature review provides a comprehensive overview of the types of mentoring, highlighting the benefits and challenges of different approaches and offering insights into the ways in which mentoring can support teacher retention and professional development. References References Boyle, P., & Boice, B. (1998). Systematic Mentoring for New Faculty Teachers and Graduate Teaching Assistants. Innovative Higher Education, Vol. 22, No. 3. Brannon, D., Fiene, J., Burke, L., & Wehman, T. (2009, Fall). Meeting the needs of new teachers through mentoring, induction, and teacher support. Academic Leadership, 7(4), 1-7. Brown, K. M., & Wynn, S. R. (2007). Teacher Retention Issues: How Some Principals are Supporting and Keeping New Teachers. Journal of School Leadership, 17(6), pp. 664–698. Cotton, J. L., Ragins, B. R., & Miller, J. S. (2000). Marginal mentoring: The effects of type of mentor, quality of relationship, and program design on work and career attitudes. Academy of Management Journal, 43(6), 1177-1194. Fantilli, R. D., & McDougall, D. E. (2009). A study of novice teachers: Challenges and supports in the first years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(6), 814–825. Ingersoll, R. M., & Smith, T. M. (2004). Do Teacher Induction and Mentoring Matter? NASSP Bulletin, 88(638), 28–40. Ingersoll, R., & Strong, M. (2011). The Impact of Induction and Mentoring Programs for Beginning Teachers: A Critical Review of the Research. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), pp. 201–233. Inzer, L., & Crawford, C. (2005). A Review of Formal and Informal Mentoring. Journal of Leadership Education, 31-50. Koroleva. (2017). The role of mentoring in teacher professional development (Master thesis). Astana, Kazakhstan: Nazarbayev University. Kram, K. E. (1983). Phases of the mentor relationship. Academy of Management Journal, Boston University, 26, 000004. Long, J. (1994). The Dark Side of Mentoring. AARE Conference. Australian Catholic University Mathias, H. (2005). Mentoring on a Programme for New University Teachers: A partnership in revitalizing and empowering collegiality. International Journal for Academic Development, 10:2, 95-106. Rachel, S., Michelle, A. T., Krøjgaard, F., Karen, A., Dean, R., & Eva, B. (2020). A comparative study of mentoring for new teachers. Professional Development in Education. Schulleri, P. (2020). Teacher Mentoring: Experiences from International Teacher Mentors in Kazakhstan. Asian Journal of Education and Training, 6(2), 320-329. Stan, C. (2021). Formal Mentoring Versus Informal Mentoring in Education. The European Proceedings of Social and Behavioural Sciences (EpSBS), 165-174. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Teacher Reasoning: Addressing Student Diversity in the Classroom 1The Hague University of Applied Sciences; 2Radboud University Nijmegen; 3Leiden University Presenting Author:Introduction, Research Objective, and Context: Previous research (Vanlommel et al., 2017; Jager et al, 2021) indicates that when tailoring their education to differences in the classroom, teachers make instructional decisions based on various sources of information. Studies indicate (Educational Inspectorate, 2023; Van Casteren et al.. 2017) that teachers find adapting to differences challenging, as they make a significant number of decisions throughout the day (approximately 1500) (Mockler, 2022). This aligns with research indicating that differentiation is a complex process requiring knowledge and skills to systematically and consciously utilize these information sources to shape education (Van Geel et al., 2019). Additionally, research (Urhahne & Wijnia, 2021; Payne, 2008; İnan-Kaya & Rubie-Davies, 2022 ) suggests that urban environments exhibit a high degree of diversity in classes, contributing to the complexity teachers face when tailoring their education to differences. To gain a deeper understanding of teachers' pedagogical reasoning regarding dealing with differences among students, this qualitative research was conducted to analyze the thoughts of teachers in the Haaglanden region in more detail. Specific attention is given to the role of the student in this process, and potential differences between schools regarding the student population are explored. Theoretical Framework: Pedagogical reasoning (Loughran, 2019) refers to the thoughtful thought process underlying teachers' informed professional practice . It involves teachers' ability to make thoughtful and informed decisions about teaching their students. When the level of diversity in the classroom is higher, it means greater complexity for the teacher to tailor education to all students. The use of information and data by teachers plays a crucial role in pedagogical reasoning (Keuning et al, 2017; Loibl et al., 2020, Park & Datnow, 2017). Teachers must effectively collect and analyze information to align their teaching practices with their students. When dealing with diversity, especially concerning students' backgrounds (Denessen, 2017), there are risks associated with the use of information and data . These risks can vary, and it is important for teachers to be aware of them to ensure a just and inclusive educational environment. Giving the student a voice in education can contribute to this (Hudson-Glynn, 2019). Research Questions:
Scientific and Practical Significance of the Content Contribution: By gaining a better understanding of what teachers do, teachers can be better supported in adaptive teaching to ultimately provide education to all their students, meeting all their educational needs while considering the socio-cultural background of the student or the school's location. This subject concerns all teachers, teacher-educators and educational researchers, not just in the Dutch context but it is internationally relevant to all educational professionals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research employs a descriptive, qualitative research method (Creswell, 2013). Data were collected through 48 semi-structured interviews with teachers from 10 primary schools in the Haaglanden region. The interviews lasted 30–45 minutes, were conducted digitally via MS Teams or in-person, transcribed verbatim, and thematically analyzed using Atlas.ti. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results and Supported Conclusions: The research provides a more precise understanding of teachers' pedagogical reasoning regarding dealing with differences in the classroom. Preliminary results align with previous research, indicating that teachers reason about dealing with differences from various perspectives, depending on the goals they have in mind, and factors such as the school's educational vision, time, and the availability of materials can influence how teachers shape their instruction. Current efforts are being made to further analyze the ways differences exist in teachers' pedagogical reasoning regarding the school population. This includes a specific research period on how teachers reason about dealing with differences, how they then shape their instruction, the role of the student in this process and how teachers address specific backgrounds of students. References Creswell, J. W. (2013). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Sage Publications, Incorporated. Denessen, E. (2017). Verantwoord omgaan met verschillen: sociaal-culturele achtergronden en differentiatie in het onderwijs. Universiteit Leiden. Educational Inspectorate. (2023). De Staat van het Onderwijs 2023. [The state of education. Educational year report 2023]. Ministerie van Onderwijs, Cultuur en Wetenschap. Utrecht: Inspectie van het Onderwijs. Hudson-Glynn, K. (2019). Lessons learnt by student teachers from the use of children’s voice in teaching practice. In J. Wearmouth & A. Goodwyn (Ed.), Student teacher and family voice in educational institutions (pp. 15 - 32). New York: Routledge. İnan-Kaya, G., & Rubie-Davies, C. M. (2022). Teacher classroom interactions and behaviours: Indications of bias. Learning and Instruction, 78, 101516-. Jager, L., Denessen, E., Cillessen, A. H., & Meijer, P. C. (2021). Sixty seconds about each student–studying qualitative and quantitative differences in teachers’ knowledge and perceptions of their students. Social Psychology of Education, 24, 1-35. Keuning, T., Geel, M., & Visscher, A. (2017). Why a Data‐Based Decision‐Making Intervention Works in Some Schools and Not in Others. Learning Disabilities Research and Practice, 32(1), 32–45. Loibl, K., Leuders, T., & Dörfler, T. (2020). A Framework for Explaining Teachers’ Diagnostic Judgements by Cognitive Modeling (DiaCoM). Teaching and Teacher Education, 91, 103059-. Loughran, J. (2019). Pedagogical reasoning: the foundation of the professional knowledge of teaching. Teachers and Teaching, Theory and Practice, 25(5), 523–535. Mockler, N. (2022). Teacher professional learning under audit: Reconfiguring practice in an age of standards. Professional Development in Education, 48(1), 166-180. Park, V., & Datnow, A. (2017). Ability grouping and differentiated instruction in an era of data-driven decision making. American Journal of Education, 123(2), 000-000. Payne, C. M. (2008). So much reform, so little change: The persistence of failure in urban schools. Harvard Education Press. 8 Story Street First Floor, Cambridge, MA 02138. Urhahne, D., & Wijnia, L. (2021). A review on the accuracy of teacher judgments. Educational Research Review, 32, 100374-. Van Casteren, W., Bendig-Jacobs, J., Wartenbergh-Cras, F., van Essen, M., & Kurver, B. (2017). Differentiëren en differentiatievaardigheden in het primair onderwijs. Nijmegen: ResearchNed, 2004-2006. Van Geel, M., Keuning, T., Frèrejean, J., Dolmans, D., van Merriënboer, J., & Visscher, A. J. (2019). Capturing the complexity of differentiated instruction. School effectiveness and school improvement, 30(1), 51-67. Vanlommel, K., Van Gasse, R., Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2017). Teachers’ decision-making: Data based or intuition driven? International Journal of Educational Research, 83, 75-83. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster ComeMINT: TPACK - Pain/Gain Questionnaire to Assess Teachers' Knowledge and Readiness for Digitally Enhanced Biology Teaching 1University of Education Ludwigsburg, Germany; 2University Cologne, Germany; 3University Bielefeld, Germany Presenting Author:The overall aim of the ComeMINT research project is to design, implement and evaluate an adaptive, digitized teacher training course, available to pre-service and in-service teachers, to explore the potential of digital incremental scaffolds in biology education. Teachers are often challenged when faced with individual learning needs, particularly in science education. The complex nature of biology education enhances the demands - particularly when considering the challenge of problem-solving tasks during experimentation (Stiller & Wilde, 2021). It has been shown that the complexity of such problem-solving tasks often leads to student overload (Schmidt-Weigand et al., 2008). These challenges for students are particularly strong in heterogeneous learning groups that include students with different levels of prior knowledge (Kalyuga, 2013). Previous studies argue that students with a lack of prior knowledge of content and methods struggle with problem solving tasks compared to students with a higher level of prior knowledge (Bekel-Kastrup et al., 2020). The perceived complexity of the task and the level of prior knowledge seem to play an important role when considering students' learning progress. These different preconditions are often not considered in lesson planning. One way to consider students' preconditions is to implement (digital) incremental scaffolds. The potential of these scaffolds is often underestimated, although the positive effect of adaptable instructions can be beneficial for low-performing learners (Großmann & Wilde, 2019; Kalyuga, 2013) as well as students with high prior knowledge (Stäudel et al., 2007). Incremental scaffolds mediate between instruction and independent learning by considering students' prior knowledge (Franke-Braun et al., 2008; Hänze et al., 2010; Schmidt-Weigand et al., 2008). Therefore, scaffolding tools can meet different learning needs and reduce students' cognitive load (Arnold et al., 2017). Incremental scaffolds consist of structured prompts and worked examples that allow students to receive as much help as they individually need to solve problems (Schmidt-Weigand et al., 2008). This concept is not only useful for students who need additional help to solve a scientific problem but can also stimulate the learning process for more advanced students by creating a challenging learning situation, especially in biology classes (Großmann & Wilde, 2019). When it comes to reducing barriers and improving inclusion in biology education, digital learning tools might prove helpful (Stinken-Rösner et al., 2021). The integration of digital tools enables access to biology education for students with individual needs and facilitates the integration of assistive tools into biology lessons and experiments (Abels & Stinken-Rösner 2022). Furthermore, the use of incremental scaffolds could support scientific thinking (Arnold et al., 2017) as well as conceptual and procedural knowledge (Stiller & Wilde, 2021). The underlying research question revolves around the perceived behavioral orientation towards digital and heterogeneous sensitive teaching and the extent to which participation in our training influences the intention to implement the training content into the own lesson planning. A prerequisite for the implementation of digital scaffolding methods in the curriculum of biology teachers is curiosity about new technologies. Therefore, a pilot study will be conducted with pre-service biology teachers to investigate their readiness to integrate digital tools into their future teaching, as well as their prior knowledge of the available tools and their purpose of implementation through a questionnaire. As an intervention, these pre-service teachers will participate in a seminar to learn about inclusive technological applications and to generate their own teaching materials. A change in knowledge about suitable technologies and perceived readiness of conducting digitally enhanced biology lessons will be evaluated through pre- and post-questionnaires. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The content and structure of the teacher training will be based on Lipowsky and Rzejak's (2021) guidelines for effective teacher training (Lipowsky & Rzejak, 2021). It will be a fully digital self-study unit implemented on the iMooX platform (https://imoox.at/mooc/). The platform provides OER material and enables the individual creation of openly licensed online courses. The training will consist of a basic module and selectable advanced modules, allowing for a personalized learning experience if desired. The base module provides basic information about incremental scaffolds, such as their theoretical background, their effectiveness for student learning, and their development and use in the classroom. Advanced modules provide examples of the implementation of digital incremental scaffolds in biology education. Opportunities for collaboration and communication will be provided through a chat forum and optional workshop. The approach of the overall research project is based on intervention studies, building upon the main constructs of the Theory of Planned Behaviour (Ajzen, 1991). Therefore, we aim to examine the effect of the developed teacher training on participants' attitudes, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control and behavioral intentions as indicators of the prospective use of incremental scaffolds in biology education. Based on the potential change in teachers' intention to use digital incremental scaffolds after completing the training, a change in participants' teaching is expected and will be further investigated trough follow-up test or interviews. The TPACK model, or rather the adapted instrument by Zinn et al. (2022), has proven to be a useful tool for assessing pre-service teachers' digital literacy skills. Extending the test instrument to include the respondent's assessment of beneficial and detrimental factors (Pain/Gain elements) provides deeper insights into the respondent's motives for or against the use of technology. Therefore, in collaboration with Prof. Siegmar Otto (University of Hohenheim), we have developed a new 67-item scale that inquire about such elements. Together with the adapted 12-item TPACK scale (Zinn et al., 2022), this results in a comprehensive test instrument for assessing teachers' knowledge and readiness to use technology in biology lessons. The sample for the validation of this instrument will consist of approximately 25 pre-service teachers who will take part in an intervention seminar accompanied by a pre- and post-test. Targeted variables in the questionnaire will be the participants' technological pedagogical content knowledge, as well as their favorable or impeding factors for technology integration through various reasons. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The intervention will take place between April and July 2024, accompanied by a pre- and post-test. As Bachelor students in their final semester are taking part in this seminar, we expect that the students have not yet gained much experience with technology integration in their own lesson planning. The pre-test offers insights into the pre-service teachers' current knowledge and readiness to incorporate digital technologies in their teaching. During the seminar, students explore the question of how digital applications can be used to support learning in heterogeneous learning communities. Each week, they will learn about new applications, thereby improving their prior knowledge and possibly their readiness to use technology in their own lessons. At the end of the seminar, the students present their own teaching concept and reflect on the benefits and disadvantages in the group. This approach serves as a pilot for our research question as to whether engaging with the topic of digital inclusion has a positive impact on knowledge and future teaching practice. We expect that this seminar will provide best practice-examples of digital and heterogeneity-sensitive biology lessons that we can integrate into our teacher training end of the year. The findings from the Bachelor seminar will be presented through our poster, contributing to the development of our self-study unit for biology-teachers. In addition, we will verify the suitability of the novel test instrument consisting of TPACK and Pain/Gain elements for assessing the level of knowledge and readiness of (pre-service) teachers to use technologies in their own teaching. References Abels, S., Stinken-Rösner, L. (2022). „Diklusion“ im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht – Aktuelle Positionen und Routenplanung. In: Watts, E.M., Hoffmann, C. (eds) Digitale NAWIgation von Inklusion. Edition Fachdidaktiken. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-37198-2_2 Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior, Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, Volume 50, Issue 2, Pages 179-211, ISSN 0749-5978, https://doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-T. Arnold, J., Kremer, K., & Mayer, J. (2017). Scaffolding beim Forschenden Lernen. Eine empirische Untersuchung zur Wirksamkeit von Lernunterstützungen. Zeitschrift für Didaktik der Naturwissenschaften, 23, 21–37. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40573-016-005 Bekel-Kastrup, H., Hamers, P., Kleinert, S. I., Haunhorst, D., & Wilde, M. (2020). Schüler*innen werten selbstständig ein Experiment zur Bestimmung der Zellsaftkonzentration (Osmose) aus: Binnendifferenzierung im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht durch den Einsatz gestufter Lernhilfen. Die Materialwerkstatt. Zeitschrift für Konzepte Und Arbeitsmaterialien für Lehrer*innenbildung Und Unterricht., 2(1), 9–16. https://doi.org/10.4119/dimawe-3283 Franke-Braun, G., Schmidt-Weigand, F., Stäudel, L., & Wodzinski, R. (2008). Aufgaben mit gestuften Lernhilfen – ein besonderes Aufgabenformat zur kognitiven Aktivierung der Schülerinnen und Schüler und zur Intensivierung der sachbezogenen Kommunikation. In Kasseler Forschungsgruppe (Hrsg.), Lernumgebungen auf dem Prüfstand: Zwischenergebnisse aus den Forschungsprojekten (S. 27–42). Kassel: Kassel University Press Großmann, N., &Wilde, M. (2019) Experimentation in biology lessons: guided discovery through incremental scaffolds, International Journal of Science Education, 41:6, 759-781, doi: 10.1080/09500693.2019.1579392 iMooX-Homepage (https://imoox.at/mooc/, retrieved 30.01.2024) Kalyuga, S. (2013). Effects of learner prior knowledge and working memory limitations on multimedia learning. Procedia—Social and Behavioral Sciences, 83, 25–29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro. 2013.06.00 Lipowsky, F., & Rzejak, D. (2021). Fortbildungen für Lehrpersonen wirksam gestalten. Ein praxisorientierter und forschungsgestützter Leitfaden. Bertelsmann Stiftung. 10.11586/2020080 Stäudel, L., Franke-Braun, G., &Schmidt-Weigand, F. (2007). Komplexität erhalten - auch in heterogenen Lerngruppen: Aufgaben mit gestuften Lernhilfen. CHEMKON, 14: 115-122. https://doi.org/10.1002/ckon.200710058 Stiller, C., & Wilde, M. (2021). Einfluss gestufter Lernhilfen als Unterstützungsmaßnahme beim Experimentieren auf den Lernerfolg im Biologieunterricht. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 24(3), 743–763. 10.1007/s11618-021-01017-4 Stinken-Rösner, Lisa; Weidenhiller, Patrizia; Nerdel, Claudia; Weck, Hannah; Kastaun, Marit; Meier, Monique (2023). Inklusives Experimentieren im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht digital unterstützen - InInklusion digital! Chancen und Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildung im Kontext von Digitalisierung. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt 2023, S. 152-167 - URN: urn:nbn:de:0111-pedocs-263095 - DOI: 10.25656/01:26309; 10.35468/5990-11 Zinn, B., Brändle, M., Pletz, C. & Schaal, S. (2022). Wie schätzen Lehramtsstudierende ihre digitali-sierungsbezogenen Kompetenzen ein? Eine hochschul- und fächerübergreifende Studie. die hochschullehre, Jahrgang 8/2022. DOI: 10.3278/HSL2211W. Online unter: wbv.de/die-hochschullehre 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster SHARE: Teacher’s Perception about Effectiveness of Action Research Methodology 1School-Lyceum No.76, Astana, Kazakhstan; 2UBES School, Astana, Kazakhstan; 3School-Lyceum No.72, Astana, Kazakhstan; 4School-Lyceum No. 59, Astana, Kazakhstan; 5School-Lyceum No. 70, Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Introduction The purpose of this small-scale study is to study a perceived effectiveness of Action Research methodology and tools by teachers in the context of the Student Engagement project conducted by the SHARE community schools. The SHARE (schools hub for action research in education) is a community of 25schools located in Astana, Kazakhstan. The Share community was established in 2019 for collaborative study and implementation of the Action Research methodology to enhance teachers' pedagogical practices in classroom. In 2023 the Share schools collaboratively conducted “Student engagement” project. This practice-led research was aimed to study student engagement in the classroom and included the following:
Leaders of the SHARE community have developed the methodology of the 'Student Engagement' project. Throughout 2023, they supported project participants through in-service trainings and consultations. Additionally, the leaders provided participants with ready-made tools for project implementation, such as:
Each participating school independently utilized the knowledge and tools acquired from the leaders in their own school. Therefore, the project management processes and outcomes varied significantly, influenced by a wide range of factors such as:
The factors influenced the focus and activity of teachers in applying tools. The current study aims to explore teachers' perceptions of the effectiveness of the Action Research methodology and tools, using the 'Student Engagement' project as an example. The research questions:
Through an examination of these specific research questions, the research team also plans to better understand the context and factors influencing teachers' perceptions of the effectiveness of the Action Research methodology overall. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research site. The SHARE community comprises 25 schools in Astana, where dedicated teachers have actively participated in SHARE projects for an extensive period of over three years. The current study is the result of collaborative efforts by a team of educators within the professional research community of schools (#70, #59, #72, #76). The focal point of this collaborative exploration is the realm of Action Research, with a specific focus on evaluating the perceived effectiveness of tools aimed at enhancing classroom practices. Data collection and sampling. The study includes two phases: 1. Several survey questions on Action research methodology’s effectiveness as a part of a wider monitoring survey on results of SHARE project. All 25 schools - members of the SHARE community took part in the survey. 2. Interviews with teachers on perception of Action research effectiveness in the context of “Student engagement” project. By the time of abstract presenting the first stage of the study has been completed (November-December 2023). The survey was conducted among teachers participated in SHARE project. In total, 171 respondents took part in the survey from all 25 SHARE schools. Semi-structured interviews will be conducted in March – April 2024. Teachers participated in the “Student Engagement” project at different roles will be interviewed. The roles of teachers include the following: • Teacher conducting lessons during video recording; • Teacher observing the lesson; • Teacher recording video of the lesson; • Teacher conducting interviews; • Teacher participating in interviews as a participant; • Teacher participating in surveys or focus groups; • Teacher leading discussions of video recordings with students; • Teacher leading discussions of video recordings with the teacher who conducted the lesson; • Teacher participating in transcription; • Teacher participating in the analysis and interpretation of results. In most cases, teachers combined several roles in the project. Therefore, an average of 3-4 teachers from 5 schools are expected to participate in the interview. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Survey The preliminary results of the first stage of the study - the survey covered two main topics: 1. The role of research teachers in the Student Engagement project 2. The implementation of Action research tools. According to the survey results, action research tools are used by research teachers as follows: • To analyze the lesson; • To monitor the lesson; • To record a video lesson; • To jointly analyze the lesson; Overall results showed that a large majority of teachers (90%), confirmed the effectiveness of Action Research tools. 10% of teachers expressed doubts, providing responses such as “ineffective,” “can’t say,” or “did not participate.” In the process of data analysis, an interesting fact emerged, which showed that the majority of teachers who do not realize the effectiveness of Action Research tools are those who participated in the project as teachers who carried out a joint analysis of video lessons with students. Among teachers who actively participated in lesson analysis, lesson monitoring, and video lesson analysis, 90% expressed strong support for the effectiveness of action research tools, rating them as “effective” or “very effective”. Interviews with teachers In the results of conducting interviews with teachers regarding their perception of Action Research effectiveness in the context of the "Student Engagement" the research team plans to reveal insights about context, factors and overall impact of Action Research tools to the chanages in teacher practices in classroom. Teachers may share their experiences and identify specific Action Research strategies that they consider effective in enhancing student engagement. On the other hand, the interviews may reveal challenges or barriers teachers have encountered while implementing AR methodology in the context of student engagement. The interviews can also help assess the alignment between the goals of the "Student Engagement" project and the perceived effectiveness of AR methodology. References Ayubayeva, N. & McLaughlin, C. (2023). Developing Teachers as Researchers: Action Research as a School Development Approach, In C. Mclaughlin, L. Winter & N.Yakavets (Ed), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan, Cambridge University Press; Elliott, J. (1991). Action Research for Educational Change. Buckingham: Open University Press. McLaughlin, C. and Ayubayeva, N. (2015). ‘It is the research of self-experience’: feeling the value. Action Research. Educational Action Research 23 (1), 51-67. McLaughlin, Colleen. (2022). Connecting to School and Each Other: Towards a New Paradigm of a School Response to Mental Health. Impact, Issue 14. Rönnerman, K. (2003). Action research: educational tools and the improvement of practice. Educational Action Research, 11(1), 9-22. McLaughlin, C. & Ayubayeva, N. The teacher and educational change in Kazakhstan: through a sociocultural lens (2021), In Fielding, N. Ed. Kazakhstan at 30: The Awakening Great Steppe. (pp.175-191) 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster The Experiences and Professional Identity Development of Novice Teachers in the Face of Educational Reality of the 21st Century Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:The aim of the study is to find out how beginning teachers experience the reality of education and how it changes the teacher's professional identity. Research objectives: 1. To conceptualise the notions of neoliberalism, new public management, knowledge society, social reproduction and constructivism in the context of novice teachers experiences in the 21st century. 2. To investigate how the concepts described in the theory are manifested in the experiences of beginning teachers and how they affect the teachers' professional identity. 3. To investigate the pedagogical development and beliefs of novice teachers over a period of two years. 4. To determine what factors influence similar choices - to stay working in public educational institutions, to move to the private sector or to leave the teaching profession. Research on the "reality shock" of beginning teachers (Veenman, 1984, Feiman-Nemser, 2001, Flores and Day, 2006, Tynjälä and Heikkinen, 2011, Morrison, 2013, etc.) proves the uniqueness of a teacher's professional beginning in terms of workload and responsibilities. Since it changes little over time, the novice teacher experiences the culture of the organization (and the field of all the educational system that affects him) quite thoroughly and intensively from the very beginning (it is not for nothing that the concept of "shock" is used). The "reality shock" of beginning teachers, the change in beliefs, pedagogical attitudes and practice have been extensively studied in the second half of the twentieth century (Lortie, 1975 (2020), Corcoran, 1981, Veenman, 1984, etc.) It was found that the beginning teacher's beliefs are formed while she/he is still a student and these beliefs are usually teacher-oriented, based on behaviouristic ideas, which rely on response reinforcement, punishments, and rewards. Later, in the years of study, the acquired more progressive knowledge and attitudes diminish again when they find themselves in the real reality of education - they return to their pre-study beliefs. Because at the end of 20th century, in pedagogy, a constructivist approach has become very widespread, which claims that learning is an active process of knowledge construction, researchers assume that the experience of modern novice teachers has already changed, so previously conducted research loses its relevance (Voss and Kunter, 2020). However, already in the 21st century, studies conducted abroad still show that in the second and third years of teaching, teachers' beliefs migrate to the side of traditional didactics (Flores and Day, 2006, Hong, 2010, Voss and Kunter, 2020, etc.), but similar empirical studies conducted in Lithuania could not be found. The theoretical part will aim to delve into the resistance of traditional education to more progressive education methods, its significance for student achievement in Lithuania, in connection with the concepts of poverty pedagogy and critical pedagogy (Tyack and Tobin, 1994, Mayer, 1996, Mayer, 2004, Haberman, 2010, etc.) A wide range of influences affects teachers’ everyday life: politics, institutional traditions, culture, norms, etc. Teachers' inner beliefs and instructions dictated by reformers often do not match (Lasky, 2005, Ponomarenko, 2022). In the research conducted by the author of this project, the testimonies of the teachers of the "Renkuosi mokyti!" project revealed unacceptable aspects of education for them: prevalence of fabrications (documents do not correspond to reality), chasing results, heavy workload, etc. (Lebedytė-Mečionienė, 2022). With the help of the postmodern direction of thought and its theorists: Lyotard, Foucault, Bourdieu, Baudrillard, Bauman, etc. it will be aimed to further deepen and analyse the processes in education by connecting them with the results of empirical research by foreign and Lithuanian scientists (Ball, Želvys, Vaitekaitis, Duoblienė, Ponomarenko, Tumlovskaja, etc.) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, I would like to reveal not only the momentary attitude and subjective experiences of beginning teachers, but also to record a possible deep change over time, therefore it was chosen to conduct a longitudinal qualitative study (Aleknevičienė, Pocienė and Šupa, 2020). Longitudinal research is not unambiguously described, various choices of duration and frequency are possible. However, there are authors who define a minimum duration for change - from 1 to 3 years (Holland, Thompson and Henderson, 2006). In this case, a two-point study is planned: in the first year of pedagogical work and at the beginning of the third year. It is based on studies of beginning teachers, which show that in the third year of teaching, emotional tension decreases and pedagogical beliefs are established (Goddard and Goddard, 2006, Voss and Kunter, 2020, etc.) It is planned to apply a narrative research strategy, from the point of view of which human experience is always narrated and it is through the narration that to the experience is given meaning (Moen, 2006). Narratives are inseparable from the social and cultural context; they represent a collective experience because the cultural, historical and institutional environment has shaped them (ibid.). It is planned to use an unstructured or semi-structured in-depth interview as a data collection method. Interviews are conducted in the first and third year of teaching. It is likely that some teachers may have given up the teaching profession. Data analysis. Interview recordings will be transcribed with intonation and other peculiarities. Later, the textual data will be reduced: coded, divided into topics, connections between topics will be searched - with the help of the NVIVO qualitative data analysis program. Finally, the structured data will be linked to the theoretical part and presented in the results. Quality assurance. It will be based on the main quality criteria of qualitative and narrative research: authenticity, reliability, critical reflexivity, etc. - in an attempt to secure them (Braun and Clarke, 2006, Andrews, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Neoliberalism, new public management, and life in the knowledge society greatly affect the daily experiences of novice teachers. A new focus may be established, possibly directed towards these factors as catalysts for development. The transition in the teaching profession from resistance to adaptation, along with the distinctive features of the new generation, may also be recorded. References Andrews, M. (2021). Quality indicators in narrative research. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 353-368, https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769241 Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of education policy, 18(2), 215-228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Feiman-Nemser, S. (2001). From preparation to practice: Designing a continuum to strengthen and sustain teaching. Teachers College Record, 103(6), 1013-1055. https://doi.org/10.1111/0161- 4681.00141 Flores, M. A., Day, C. (2006). Contexts which shape and reshape new teachers’ identities: A multi-perspective study. Teaching and teacher education, 22(2), 219-232. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.09.002 Goddard, R., Goddard, M. (2006). Beginning teacher burnout in Queensland schools: Associations with serious intentions to leave. The Australian educational researcher, 33(2), 61-75. Haberman, M. (2010). The Pedagogy of Poverty versus Good Teaching. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(2), 81–87. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172171009200223 Holland, J., Thomson, R., Henderson, S. (2006). Qualitative longitudinal research: A discussion paper. London: London South Bank University. Hong, J. Y. (2010). Pre-service and beginning teachers’ professional identity and its relation to dropping out of the profession. Teaching and teacher Education, 26(8), 1530-1543. Lasky, S. (2005). A sociocultural approach to understanding teacher identity, agency and professional vulnerability in a context of secondary school reform. Teaching and teacher education, 21(8), 899-916. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.06.003 Lebedytė-Mečionienė, I. (2022). Pradedančiųjų mokytojų susidūrimas su ugdymo realybe: programos „Renkuosi mokyti!“ atvejis. Acta Paedagogica Vilnensia, 49, 56-68. https://doi.org/10.15388/ActPaed.2022.49.4 Lortie, D. C. (2020). Schoolteacher: A sociological study. University of Chicago press. Mayer, R. E. (2004). Should There Be a Three-Strikes Rule Against Pure Discovery Learning? American Psychologist, 59(1), 14–19. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.59.1.14 Moen, T. (2006). Reflections on the Narrative Research Approach. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(4), 56-69. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940690600500405 Morrison, C. M. (2013). Teacher Identity in the Early Career Phase: Trajectories that Explain and Influence Development. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 38(4), 91-107. http://dx.doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2013v38n4.5 Tyack, D. ir Tobin, W. (1994). The "Grammar" of Schooling: Why Has It Been So Hard to Change? American Educational Research Journal, 31(3), 453-479. https://doi.org/10.2307/1163222 Tynjälä, P., Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2011). Beginning teachers’ transition from pre-service education to working life. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 14(11), 33. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-011-0175-6 Voss, T., Kunter, M. (2020). “Reality Shock” of Beginning Teachers? Changes in Teacher Candidates’ Emotional Exhaustion and Constructivist-Oriented Beliefs. Journal of Teacher Education, 71(3), 292–306. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487119839700 Veenman, S. (1984). Perceived Problems of Beginning Teachers. Review of Educational Research, 54(2), 143-178. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543054002143 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Research Skills and Dispositions in Teacher Education Through Service-Learning 1University of Vienna, Austria; 2University of Ioannina, Greece; 3University of Regensburg, Germany; 4Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain; 5University College for Agricultural and Environmentral Education, Austria Presenting Author:Previously, extensive research has delved into service-learning and related methods, offering students the opportunity to not only grasp subject matter but also develop methodological and social skills through real-world interaction (Salam et al., 2019). In this poster presentation, we aim to examine service learning more closely. Specifically, we have crafted a service-learning experience, structured as a one-semester university course, for teacher education students with the objective of bolstering research skills and dispositions. At the beginning of the course, in-service teachers share real classroom challenges with pre-service students. These challenges may vary from developing more effective and less time-consuming marking procedures (Froehlich et al., 2021) to experimenting with game designs to enhance OneHealth education (Hobusch et al., 2024). Throughout the semester, students work in groups, alongside the teacher, volunteering subject-matter experts, and the course facilitator, to develop research-based solutions to the challenges presented. At the end of the semester, the research projects culminate in the presentation of solutions to in-service teachers, providing them with a valuable service. A student-centred, active and experimental teaching approach is recognized as effective in the development of research methods (Nind & Katramadou, 2023). And as social interactions are considered crucial to human learning (Eraut, 2007), our aim is to explore the effectiveness of service-learning in developing research skills and dispositions, and to identify the most significant learning interactions for students in this process. When discussing learning interactions, the focus is on the interactions between students, in-service teachers and experts, including course facilitators. Additionally, content interactions are also considered, as students are exposed to the school challenges presented by the in-service teachers and supported by learning materials at each stage of the research cycle. To achieve this goal, we have established an international longitudinal mixed-methods study, utilizing students’ reflections and questionnaire responses from various countries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data is collected at the beginning, various points during, and at the end of the one-semester period to examine the research question objectively and comprehensively. 1. General Efficacy Measurement: To analyse the effects of learning interactions in more detail, we must first examine whether research skills and dispositions have increased overall. A modified questionnaire based on the Perceived Research Competence (PR-Comp) (Marrs et al., 2022) and the Teacher Educators’ Researcherly Disposition (TERDS) Scale (Tack & Vanderlinde, 2016) will be used as a pre- and post-assessment to determine changes in research skills and dispositions of pre-service teachers. Additionally, a control group comprising students from another university research methods course will also be used to ensure a robust comparison. 2. Initial Learning Interaction: The student research projects begin with an interaction between the students and the presented challenges. A qualitative analysis will be conducted, which involves discussing with the students the possible causes of the challenges and their readiness to tackle them. This is accompanied by a quantitative analysis, where each challenge is evaluated based on different parameters, such as frequency (students’ perception of how often the problem arises in the classroom) or urgency (the requirement for an immediate solution). 3. Ongoing Interactions: It is believed that learners benefit from active engagement fostered by learning interactions with in-service teachers, peers, course facilitators and experts. To analyse this informal learning, we use a modified questionnaire based on the Proactive Social Informal Learning (PSIL) Scale (Crans et al., 2023) at multiple points throughout the semester. This is complemented by qualitative reflection questions. 4. Change of Perspective: Analysing Teachers’ Experiences of Learning Interactions with Students and the Service Received Not only is the perspective of students of interest, but also the experiences and learning outcomes of teachers require analysis. An interview study with teachers is planned to assess and evaluate their skill development as well as whether the project has changed their teaching methods and whether they recognized the value of research-based practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As this service-learning experience takes place in an international setting, we will analyse its impact in Austria, Spain, Greece and Germany. This approach will provide a diverse and rich dataset that reflects the different educational environments and practices. Singular data points from other countries, such as Indonesia, will help to make further conclusions about generalizability. The presented findings on our poster will shed light on beneficial learning behaviours, optimal enhancement of research skills and disposition, and cultivating a researcher mindset in students and future educators. References Crans, S., Froehlich, D., Segers, M., & Beausaert, S. (2023). Measuring learning from others: The development and validation of the Proactive Social Informal Learning Questionnaire. International Journal of Training and Development, 27(3–4), 461–479. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijtd.12310 Eraut, M. (2007). Learning from Other People in the Workplace. Oxford Review of Education, 33(4), 403–422. Froehlich, D. E., Hobusch, U., & Moeslinger, K. (2021). Research Methods in Teacher Education: Meaningful Engagement Through Service-Learning. Frontiers in Education, 6, 680404. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.680404 Hobusch, U., Scheuch, M., Heuckmann, B., Hodžić, A., Hobusch, G. M., Rammel, C., Pfeffer, A., Lengauer, V., & Froehlich, D. E. (2024). One Health Education Nexus: Enhancing Synergy Among Science-, School-, and Teacher Education Beyond Academic Silos. Frontiers in Public Health, 11, 1337748.https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2023.1337748 Marrs, S. A., Quesada-Pallarès, C., Nicolai, K. D., Severson-Irby, E. A., & Martínez-Fernández, J. R. (2022). Measuring Perceived Research Competence of Junior Researchers. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 834843. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.834843 Nind, M., & Katramadou, A. (2023). Lessons for teaching social science research methods in higher education: Synthesis of the literature 2014-2020. British Journal of Educational Studies, 71(3), 241–266. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2022.2092066 Salam, M., Awang Iskandar, D. N., Ibrahim, D. H. A., & Farooq, M. S. (2019). Service learning in higher education: A systematic literature review. Asia Pacific Education Review, 20(4), 573–593. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-019-09580-6 Tack, H., & Vanderlinde, R. (2016). Measuring Teacher Educators’ Researcherly Disposition: Item Development and Scale Construction. Vocations and Learning, 9(1), 43–62. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-016-9148-5 |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 D: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Gypsy, Roma and Traveller Engagement in Early Childhood Education and Care: A European Systematic Review University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:European policy has made efforts to extend education and care resources and accessibility to Gypsies, Roma and Travellers. However, there is still seemingly low engagement with education and care services from the GRT population, this may be due to fundamental underlying problems that need systematic research to identify. Despite attempts by European policy to solve the lack of educational engagement and poor educational trajectories, 50% of GRT children in Europe do not complete primary education, and 25% complete secondary education (Council of Europe, 2020). The GRT population make up the most predominant ethnic minority group in Europe. There is a lack of conciseness to census data on Gypsy, Roma and Traveller population figures possibly due to their nomadic lifestyle, a non-representational choice of ethnicity to choose from, or distrust in reporting ethnicity at all in fear of discrimination (Rutigliano, 2020). Despite difficulties in census attainment across Europe, it is estimated more than 10-12 million individuals identify with being a part of the Gypsy, Roma, Traveller population (European Commission, 2020). This community has endured undeniable intergenerational trauma in the form of discrimination, racism, exclusion and unequal access to educational and care resources. Travellers and Roma people across Europe have historically been reported to have lower levels of attainment with higher levels of school absenteeism and school withdrawal. The European Union Agency of Fundamental Rights reports 36 % of GRT individuals have difficulty reading the national language of their country while nearly half (43 %) have difficulty writing it. Barriers that oppress and discourage GRT from engaging within education in the first place, such as lack of representation and bullying due to cultural differences must be addressed in order to understand how policy can be informed more accurately to improve uptake of education and care resources. An important dimension of this systematic review is the emphasis on early childhood education and care engagement and uptake within the Gypsy, Roma and Traveller population. A family and child's early experience or past experience within an education system can set the tone on how willing the family is to engage with resources and opportunities presented. This systematic review will focus specifically on early childhood engagement within the Gypsy, Roma and Traveller community across Europe. The first 3 years of life are an especially sensitive period of time for brain development. After birth a young child's brain rapidly produces synaptic connections based experiences of their external environment. A young child's brain reaches approximately 1,000 trillian synaptic connections by about age 3 which is double of what is present in an adult's brain (Halfon et al., 2001). This stage of early development presents a window of opportunity for expansive brain growth and lifelong foundational development. Care settings such as preschool and community settings along with family home life all possess points of interaction for the child's brain structure to produce and build skills in cognitive, social, attention and self regulation (Yoshikawa et al., 2013). Evidence points to a positive impact in young children, especially minorities, in engaging with quality early childcare services. Early childhood education can increase lifelong educational success rates along with narrowing poverty and equity gaps (Wilder et al., 2008). Yet the GRT participation rate in early childhood education is nearly half that of the majority mainstream population (European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights, 2016). Analyses conducted in this review will potentially be able to pinpoint recurring themes across GRT accounts that may be responsible for facilitators or barriers of engagement that can in turn inform policy and practice at the European level within early childhood education and care. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For a well grounded analysis, this systematic review will be informed by the PRISMA statement and guidelines (Moher et al., 2009) along with reliable quality assessment tools. Selection Criteria: Inclusion criteria included: -Early Childhood Education and Care Refers to any regulated arrangement that provides education and care for children from birth to compulsory primary school age, which may vary across the EU (European Commission) -Roma, Gypsy Traveller Roma, Gypsies and Travellers (GRT) have been used to describe a range of ethnic groups or people with nomadic ways of life who are not from a specific ethnicity (government UK) -Continent of Europe Continent of Europe and surrounding islands -Peer Reviewed -Published in English Exclusion Criteria: -Occupational Travellers -Travellers who do not identify with the ethnicity or cultural component of a migrant community -Parental home school The parent may not be the sole provider of early childhood education and care -Compulsory school Any literature pertaining to children in formal schooling including primary, secondary and higher education The following platforms were used to conduct the initial search using the search strings below. Ebsco, Proquest, and Wiley. Additionally, appropriate government and organisational websites were searched for grey literature. Search Strings “early childhood education” OR “early childhood education and care” OR “early child-care” OR “early education” OR “early-education” OR “pre-primary education” OR “pre-primary school” OR “pre-primary education”OR “childcare” OR “early childcare” OR “creche” OR “preschool*” OR “pre-school*” OR “pre school*” OR “child development* centre*” OR “nursery school*” OR “nursery education” OR “day nursery” OR “early child-care” OR “early childcare” OR “day care” OR “day-care” OR “day care centre*” OR “day-care centre*” OR “playgroup*” OR “playschool*” OR “pre-kindergarten” OR “pre-k” OR “prekindergarten*” OR “infant* school*” OR “early childcare* centre*” OR “early childcare setting*” OR “early child-care centre*” OR “early child-care setting*” OR “early childcare service*” OR “early child-care service*” OR “early education service*” OR “early year* education” OR “early-year* education” And “traveller*” OR “european gypsy” OR “gypsy” OR “irish traveller” OR “pavee” OR “english gypsy” OR “scottish gypsy” OR “welsh gypsy” OR “roma* gypsy” OR “hungarian gypsy” OR “vlach rom” OR “kalderash” OR “manouche” OR “sinti” OR “tattare” OR “kale” OR “kaale” OR “cale” OR “lavari” OR “ursari” OR “boyhas” OR “nachins” OR “luri” OR “abdal” Or “romanichel” OR ashkali OR “camminanti” OR “gitano” OR “roma-sinti” OR “yenish” OR “gurbeti” OR “churari” OR “ursari” Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The search resulted in 173 records identified for initial review after the removal of duplicates. Two authors (SP/RG) screened titles and abstracts of records independently based on the inclusion/exclusion criteria. Each source received a Yes/No/Maybe to determine eligibility (van Tulder et al., 2003). This left 58 records that were then screened at the full text level. Two authors (SP/SS) screened full texts which left 36 sources of data eligible to be included. Data extraction and preparation for synthesis is currently underway. Due to the high volume of qualitative data identifying through data extraction, I will be conducting a thematic synthesis of data (Thomas & Harden, 2008). Through NVivo I will be able to identify descriptive and analytical themes from the data that will emphasise the lived experiences of Gypsy, Roma and Travellers in Europe and the barriers and facilitators they face within early childhood education and care. References Council of Europe. (2020). Strategic Action Plan for Roma and Traveller Inclusion (2020–2025). European Commission. (2020). EU Roma Strategic Framework for Equality, Inclusion and Participation for 2020–2030. European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights. (n.d.). (rep.). Roma and Travellers in six countries - Technical report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Halfon, N., Shulman, E., & Hochstein, M. (2001). Brain Development in Early Childhood. Building Community Systems for Young Children. Page, M. J., Moher, D., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & McKenzie, J. E. (2021). PRISMA 2020 explanation and elaboration: updated guidance and exemplars for reporting systematic reviews. bmj, 372. Rutigliano, A. (2020). Inclusion of Roma students in Europe: A literature review and examples of policy initiatives. Thomas, J., & Harden, A. (2008). Methods for the thematic synthesis of qualitative research in systematic reviews. BMC medical research methodology, 8(1), 1-10. Women and Equalities Committee. (2019). Tackling the Inequalities Faced by Gypsy, Roma and Traveller Communities. London: UK Parliament Women and Equalities Committee.. Yoshikawa, H., Weiland, C., Brooks-Gunn, J., Burchinal, M. R., Espinosa, L. M., Gormley, W. T., ... & Zaslow, M. J. (2013). Investing in our future: The evidence baseon preschool education. Society for Research in Child Development. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Immigrant Youth’s Educational Pathways into and through Upper Secondary Education in Austria. A Longitudinal Perspective on Individual and Contextual Factors 1University of Vienna, Austria; 2Institute for Advanced Studies, Vienna Presenting Author:This paper presents empirical insights into the mechanisms that drive inequalities in young people’s educational trajectories in Austria. My research interest focuses on the transition patterns of immigrant youth (first and second generation) into and through upper secondary education. The empirical analysis is based on longitudinal register data covering a full cohort of students in the Austrian education system. These data allow for a fine-grained analysis of differences within the heterogeneous group of immigrant youth while paying attention to the context in which educational transitions are made. The following research questions are addressed: First, I explore how immigrant youth’s pathways into and through upper secondary educational tracks differ from those of their native peers, between girls and boys, and by country of origin. Second, I investigate the extent to which individual, school-level, and regional context variables can explain these differences in transition patterns. Austria is an example of a highly stratified education system where students are tracked into different educational pathways at a young age. Adolescents who reach the end of lower secondary education (typically at the age of fourteen) may either pursue general education or enter upper secondary vocational education and training (VET). Moreover, the VET sector comprises different options of fully school-based versus dual (apprenticeship) options leading to different levels of qualifications. In this context, moving from lower into upper secondary education marks a decisive transition for young people’s educational outcomes and future employment prospects. The high level of differentiation as well as the important role of VET make the Austrian education system a particularly interesting case for analysis. Conceptually, I rely on sociological theories of inequality in education and (immigrant) youth’s educational choices. Building on Boudon’s (1974) well-established distinction between primary and secondary effects of social origin, immigrant youth are assumed to attain lower average educational achievements than their native peers due to a lower socioeconomic status (SES) and additional barriers such as language skills (Diehl et al. 2016). At the same time, an immigrant background has been consistently associated with comparatively high educational aspirations (Kao & Tienda 1995; Rudolphi & Salikutluk 2021) manifested in ambitious educational choices (Dollmann 2021). Beyond the individual level, contextual factors such as school composition (Perry 2012) and regional opportunity structures (Becker et al. 2020) are also considered important determinants of young people’s educational opportunities and attainments. Based on a full cohort of students and the comprehensive information provided through administrative data, my analyses contribute to the existing literature in several ways. For the transition into upper secondary education, previous studies consistently show that young immigrants are overall more likely to enter academic tracks and less likely to enter VET than their native peers, once prior achievements are accounted for (Glauser & Becker 2023; Jonsson & Rudolphi 2011; Tjaden & Hunkler 2017). However, the extent to which so-called ‘ethnic choice effects’ differ along dimensions such as gender, country of origin, or SES has not been conclusively explored. Furthermore, there is a gap in understanding how and why immigrant youth’s transition patterns vary depending on the context in which decisions to pursue different educational options are made. Finally, recent evidence suggests that immigrant youth’s ambitious choices do not necessarily translate into favourable outcomes, but are also accompanied by higher dropout rates at the upper secondary level (Birkelund 2020; Dollmann et al. 2023; Ferrara 2023). Covering a period of seven years, the analytical strategy applied in this paper gathers new empirical evidence on how immigrant youth’s educational pathways develop beyond the point of entry into upper secondary education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical basis for analysis is a longitudinal dataset that integrates information from various administrative registers. These data cover the educational and labour market trajectories of a full cohort of students in the Austrian education system for a period of 13 years. I study the cohort of young people who were 13 years old (typically in the final year of their lower secondary education) at the beginning of the school year 2013/14. This includes a total of 88.000 students, of which more than 20.000 have an immigrant background (9% first-generation and 13,7% second-generation immigrants). The dataset is ideal for the purpose of this study due to its large number of cases as well as the extensive and reliable information provided on young people’s backgrounds and trajectories. Sequence analysis and subsequent multilevel regression analyses are applied to answer the previously outlined research questions. In a first step, pathways into and through upper secondary education are mapped using sequence analysis (SA) (Raab & Struffolino 2023). This analysis is conducted for the full cohort based on annual information on individual educational status (i.e., the type of school attended) or labour market status (i.e., leaving the school system into the labour market, or dropout). The SA covers a period of seven years, starting with students’ final year of lower secondary education (typically the eighth school year, concluded at age 14). An optimal matching method (Biemann 2011) is employed to cluster educational pathways according to their similarity. The result of the SA is a typology of pathways. Corresponding to the first research question (RQ), the frequency of occurrence of these pathways is compared across different groups, defined by their gender (boys/girls), immigrant status (immigrant/native), and country of origin. Addressing the second RQ, the resulting clusters are used as categorical input for multinomial logistic regression analysis. I use a multilevel regression model to test the effects of and interactions between factors at three different levels, namely the individual, the school, and students’ home district. The variables of interest include students’ gender, immigrant status, migrant generation, country of origin, and family background (SES) at the individual level, and the aggregated composition according to students’ SES and immigrant background at school level. Regional opportunity structures in students’ home districts are operationalised based on various factors such as the degree of urbanisation, labour market conditions, and school infrastructure. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results of the sequence analysis indicate that what constitutes a typical pathway into and through upper secondary education varies not only between young people with and without an immigrant background, but also within the heterogeneous group of immigrant youth. This supports the assumption that the mechanisms postulated to explain immigrant youth’s comparatively high educational aspirations – including a so-called ‘immigrant optimism’, information deficits and an anticipation of future discrimination on the labour market – do not apply equally for all minority groups. Instead, transition patterns – e.g., the likelihood of pursuing vocational or general education, the stability or instability of educational pathways, and risks of dropout – vary along dimensions such as immigrants’ families’ countries of origin, migrant generation, and gender. By revealing how young people’s educational trajectories develop beyond the point of entry into upper secondary education, the SA yields new empirical insights concerning the implications that immigrant youth’s comparatively ambitious choices may have for their future educational outcomes. The complex interplay of individual, school, and regional level variables underlying differences in (immigrant) youth’s transition patterns is investigated in detail in the multilevel regression analysis. I expect school composition variables such as the share of students with an immigrant background or low SES to show significant effects in the regression analysis. Furthermore, I expect that measures of regional opportunity structures (e.g., labour market conditions and school infrastructure) constitute significant factors to explain group-specific differences in educational pathways. Ultimately, the results of this analysis will contribute to a better understanding of the mechanisms that drive inequalities in education. By shifting the focus from individual characteristics to structural factors at school and regional (district) level, these findings are also relevant to policy making targeted at promoting equal opportunities in education. References Becker R, Glauser D, Möser S. 2020. Determinants of Educational Choice and Vocational Training Opportunities in Switzerland. Empirical Analyses with Longitudinal Data from the DAB Panel Study. In Against the Odds - (In)Equity in Education and Educational Systems, eds. N McElvany, HG Holtappels, F Lauermann, A Edele, A Ohle-Peters, pp. 125–43 Biemann T. 2011. A Transition-Oriented Approach to Optimal Matching. Sociological Methodology. 41:195–221 Birkelund JF. 2020. Aiming High and Missing the Mark? Educational Choice, Dropout Risk, and Achievement in Upper Secondary Education among Children of Immigrants in Denmark. European Sociological Review. 36(3):395–412 Boudon R. 1974. Education, Opportunity, and Social Inequality: Changing Prospects in Western Society. New York: Wiley Diehl C, Hunkler C, Kristen C. 2016. Ethnische Ungleichheiten im Bildungsverlauf. Eine Einführung. In Ethnische Ungleichheiten Im Bildungsverlauf: Mechanismen, Befunde, Debatten, eds. C Diehl, C Hunkler, C Kristen, pp. 3–31. Wiesbaden: Springer VS Dollmann J. 2021. Ethnic inequality in choice‐ and performance‐driven education systems: A longitudinal study of educational choices in England, Germany, the Netherlands, and Sweden. The British Journal of Sociology. 72(4):974–91 Dollmann J, Jonsson JO, Mood C, Rudolphi F. 2023. Is ‘immigrant optimism’ in educational choice a problem? Ethnic gaps in Swedish upper secondary school completion. European Sociological Review. 39(3):384–99 Ferrara A. 2023. Aiming too high or scoring too low? Heterogeneous immigrant–native gaps in upper secondary enrolment and outcomes beyond the transition in France. European Sociological Review. 39(3):366–83 Glauser D, Becker R. 2023. Gendered ethnic choice effects at the transition to upper secondary education in Switzerland. Frontiers in Sociology. 8:1–12 Jonsson JO, Rudolphi F. 2011. Weak Performance--Strong Determination: School Achievement and Educational Choice among Children of Immigrants in Sweden. European Sociological Review. 27(4):487–508 Kao G, Tienda M. 1995. Optimism and Achievement: The Educational Performance of Immigrant Youth. Social Science Quarterly. 76(1):1–19 Perry LB. 2012. Causes and Effects of School Socio-Economic Composition? A Review of the Literature. Education and Society. 30(1):19–35 Raab M, Struffolino E. 2023. Sequence Analysis. Los Angeles: SAGE Rudolphi F, Salikutluk Z. 2021. Aiming High, No Matter What? Educational Aspirations of Ethnic Minority and Ethnic Majority Youth in England, Germany, the Netherlands and Sweden. Comparative Sociology. 20(1):70–100 Tjaden JD, Hunkler C. 2017. The optimism trap: Migrants’ educational choices in stratified education systems. Social Science Research. 67:213–28 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster To What Extent Do Parental Expectations Affect the Academic Performance of Students. 1Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics in Astana, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Karaganda, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The positive effects of parental involvement on students’ academic results are widely accepted by researchers worldwide. Over the last fifty years, psychologists and sociologists have paid close attention to the role of parents’ expectations in influencing children’s scholastic achievement. They have generally been determined to be crucial for children’s academic progress; however, due to the lack of comprehensive information on the vitality of expectations, academic performance tends to decline (Wilder, 2014). Various research suggests that students with high expectations from their parents tend to fare better academically and perform higher on standardized tests than students with relatively modest prospects from their parents. It has previously been observed by Wilder (2014) that parental expectations, among other influences, had the greatest effect on children's scholastic achievement. A Korean study revealed that, inversely, when opposed to parental participation, expectations had a relatively minor influence on a student’s self-efficacy (You et al., 2015). In addition, Gordon and Cui (2012) indicate that academic success in young adulthood was substantially correlated with adolescent gender, age, parental education, and family structure. These covariates are not accounted for in most studies, which limits their applicability. According to Yamamoto and Holloway (2010), despite the vast research work that has been done on parental expectations, the majority has concentrated on European American, middle-class families, and the studies have typically neglected to account for the role of race or ethnicity in shaping the variables. This study also revealed that different ethnic groups do not have parental expectations as their predictor of a student’s grades, contrasting with other research. As such, it is indicated that not enough research has been done on various racial groups, with none of the research being conducted in a Kazakhstani context. This research is being conducted to determine the difference in the GPA between students who have relatively high parental expectations and those who do not. The study aims to find a correlation between the variables collected through a survey, as well as to indicate how different social factors alter the results, specifically for adolescents in one NIS of Astana. It will also cover the effect of different types of expectations and the highest achieved results. MRQ: To what extent do parental expectations affect the academic performance of 11th-grade students? SQ1: How do factors such as a student’s gender, nationality, and parents’ education level impact parental expectations? SQ2: Parents have expectations regarding their child’s highest level of education, as well as the student’s grades. Which type of parental expectations affects GPA the most? SQ3: What is the optimal level of expectations required to maximize academic achievement? This study will contribute to the educational research field of Kazakhstan. Furthermore, given the major influence of parental expectations on students’ academic success, exploring this topic is essential to ascertain the correlation between the variables in a local context. This will not only provide comprehensive information for parents to adequately set prospects for their children but also affect the academic achievement in the student’s future education and career. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A quantitative approach most accurately corresponds with the objective of this research. According to Creswell (2012), the characteristics of quantitative research include a description of tendencies or a clarification of the relationship between variables. The main variables of this study are parental expectations and scholastic success although the correlation between social factors and expectations, as well as among several expectation types is also considered. Furthermore, since this study will focus on precise measurements, complying with another feature that suggests quantitative research forms exact, restricted and measurable questions (Creswell, 2012). The target population of the study is 11th grade students of one Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) in Astana, a specialised school regarded as a testing ground for the adoption, execution and assessment of innovative educational program models (Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, n.d.). The perceived parental expectations of the pupils at this school may differ from those found in other research as a result of this specialisation. Consequently, this site presents a unique paradigm for examining parental aspirations and their relationship to students’ GPA. Regarding the participants, a sample size calculator was used to ascertain the number of respondents (Maple Tech. International LLC., n.d.); in total, 83 high-school students were sampled out of a population of 117 in order to have a confidence level of 90% with a margin of error within 5% of the surveyed value. Convenience sampling, a type of non-probability sampling, was applied because it allows the involvement of volunteering participants that consent to being examined, which is optimal for a study (Creswell, 2012). In addition, although this method cannot be used for constructing generalisations, it is appropriate for collecting descriptive data, such as the effect of parents’ expectations on students on a local level, so convenience sampling is suitable for this style of research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the answers collected via a survey, it could be inferred that students with higher expectations from their parents tend to have better academic results compared to those with lower expectations. Moreover, there is a notable gender difference in parental expectations, with female students having marginally higher expectations on average compared to male students, staying consistent with the research of Zhang et al. (2010) and Wilder (2014). The study also partially complemented the study of Spera et al. (2008), clearly deducing a positive correlation between parental education level and the level of academic aspirations they have for their children. Furthermore, GPA aspirations were found to be the most determining factor associated with academic performance; the other expectation types, however, showed no significant correlation. Overall, these findings suggest that setting high expectations for academic achievement has a positive impact on academic performance, which closely parallels the findings of Gordon and Cui (2012), You et al. (2015) and Ma et al. (2018). Despite this, some inconsistencies were found with the statements of Spera et al. (2008), Wilder (2014) and Boonk et al. (2018). Thus, the main hypothesis, stating that high parental expectations favourably affect GPA, was justified, and the major conclusions answered the research questions. References Annan, D. (2019). A Simple Guide to Research Writing. Stevejobs.education. Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative (4th ed.). Pearson Education. Gordon, M. S., & Cui, M. (2012). The Effect of School-Specific Parenting Processes on Academic Achievement in Adolescence and Young Adulthood. Family Relations, 61(5), 728-741. doi:10.1111/j.1741-3729.2012.00733.x Wilder, S. (2014). Effects of parental involvement on academic achievement: a meta-synthesis. Educational Review, 66(3), 377-397. doi:10.1080/00131911.2013.780009 Yamamoto, Y., & Holloway, S. D. (2010). Parental expectations and children's academic performance in sociocultural context. Educational Psychology Review, 22(3), 189-214. doi:10.1007/s10648-010-9121-z You, S., Lim, S. A., No, U., & Dang, M. (2015). Multidimensional aspects of parental involvement in Korean adolescents’ schooling: a mediating role of general and domain-specific self-efficacy. Educational Psychology, 36(5), 916–934. doi:10.1080/01443410.2015.1025705 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Feedback Methods Used in the Teaching of Biology in International High Schools in the Czech Republic CHARLES UNIVERSITY PRAGUE, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Feedback Methods Used in the Teaching of Biology in International High Schools in the Czech Republic Onyedika Emmanuel Okpala Faculty of Education, Charles University, Magdaleny Rettigove 4, 116 39 Praha 1, Czech Republic. Emails: nuelwinner@gmail.com Despite the positive improvements reported in the Czech education system over the years, such as the increase of 16 percentage points between TALIS 2013 and TALIS 2018 in teacher engagement in professional development related to student assessment, evidence shows that improvement-focused teacher assessment still needs to be developed. For example, in 2015, only 34% of students were in schools where principals reported that student assessments were used to identify aspects of instruction that could be improved; this is lower than the OECD average of 59%. In addition, in the Programme for International Student Assessment 2018, students in the Czech Republic perceived teacher feedback on their learning to be among the lowest in the OECD, with index teacher feedback of -0.24 compared to an OECD average of 0.01[1]. Assessment can be defined as activities undertaken by teachers and their students, providing information that can be used as feedback to modify teaching and learning [2]. Effective feedback as a form of formative assessment encourages students to learn by enabling them to understand their strengths and weaknesses, leading to an improved outcome [3]. Evidence shows that participating in different formative assessment practices results in remarkable achievement in educational outcomes [4]. The main aim of this study is to investigate the feedback methods teachers use in teaching biology in Czech International schools. The study is theoretically informed by the work of sociologist John Meyer’s new institutionalism theory, published in 1977, and the Personal Practice Assessment Theory [5,6 ]. Qualitative research and multiple case studies will be used to investigate the teachers’ feedback methods. Four biology teachers will be recruited across four international schools in Prague, Czech Republic, with five student focus groups from each school. Primary data sources will include in-class observations, background or post-observation and student focus group interviews, while secondary data sources will include information from written assessments and the curriculum or syllabus for the course. All interviews (semi-structured) will be audio-recorded and later transcribed for further analysis. The data analysis approach will involve open, deductive coding. Software such as MAXQDA, which is used for qualitative data analysis, will be adopted for the coding. Triangulation of results, a qualitative research approach to evaluate the validity of research findings by the convergence of information generated from diverse sources, will be carried out. At the same time, the influence of bias and ethical issues will also be considered. The potential findings from this study will create the opportunity to discover the most frequent and best feedback method preferred by students in teaching biology and help modify or explore the theories and methods of feedback in teaching biology in high school. Dissertation aims. (1) To investigate the similarities and disparities in feedback methods used by biology teachers in the selected international schools in Prague, Czech Republic. (2) To investigate the nature and frequency of feedback among teachers and schools from a biology perspective. (3) To understand potential contextual elements or factors (internal and external) that may facilitate or create a barrier towards assessment by teachers. Research questions (RQs) RQ1 What are the similarities and disparities in feedback methods used by teachers within and across schools? RQ2 What are students’ perceptions towards feedback? RQ3 How do contextual elements (internal and external factors) hinder or facilitate teachers' feedback practice? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 2. 1. Epistemological Critical Realism and Attribution Theory in Qualitative Research: The combination of critical realism and attribution theory provides a different dimension in social reality. Attribution theory will enable the systematic identification of social phenomena and their causal mechanism; it explains the features of that mechanism and who/what is responsible for and affected by them. On the other hand, critical realism helps to differentiate causal mechanisms and generative forces that enable those mechanisms to be actualised and have an impact [5]. 2.2. Multiple case study approach: This study will use a multiple-case study approach. We will use a multiple-case study approach to investigate the teachers’ assessment (formative) practice [6]. 2.3. Recruitment strategies: To access the schools, teachers, and student focus groups, a letter will be written to the directors/heads of all the schools requesting access to the school classrooms, biology teachers, and selected students. 2.4. Choice and Number of Participants: Four or three experienced biology teachers with differing backgrounds and roles teaching upper-level biology courses and similar teaching experiences from four schools will be selected as case participants. 2.5. Data collection approach and sources (primary and secondary data source): Primary data sources will include in-class observation, background or post-observation interviews, and student focus group interviews. Background interviews may be conducted to discuss each teacher’s teaching beliefs/philosophy, assessment planning decisions, and reasoning behind the specific course module that will be observed. Some secondary data sources will include information from written assessments and the curriculum or syllabus for the course. All interviews in this study will be audio-recorded and later transcribed for further analysis. 2.6. The data analysis approach will involve open, deductive coding. Software such as MAXQDA, which is used for qualitative data analysis, will be adopted for the coding. 2.7. Cross-case analysis: It is important to compare results obtained across teachers, student focus groups, and schools to achieve reasonable generalisation. 2.8. Triangulation of results: Since the data will be obtained from multi-case studies in this research, it is essential to project the results into a common area where the data are melded and discussed using a triangulation approach to increase the credibility of the research findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The potential findings from this study will create the opportunity to discover the most frequent and best feedback method preferred by students in teaching biology and help modify or explore the theories and methods of feedback in teaching biology in high school. References References [1] OECD (2020). Education Policy Outlook Czech Republic. https://www.oecd.org/education/policy-outlook/country-profile-Czech-Republic-2020.pdf. [2] Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice.5: 7-74. [3] Muijs, D et al. (2014). State of the art – teacher effectiveness and professional learning. School effectiveness and school improvement. 25: 231-256. [4] Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning – A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. London: Routledge [5] Paul, D. (1998). The New Institutionalism: Avenues of Collaboration. Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics (JITE). 154 (4): 696–705. [6] Box, C., Skoog, G., & Dabbs, J. M. (2015). A case study of teacher personal practice assessment theories and complexities of implementing formative assessment. American Educational Research Journal, 52(5), 956–983. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831215587754 [7] Al-Sharif, R. (2021). "Critical realism and attribution theory in qualitative research", Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management, 16 (1), 127–144. [8] Yin, R.K. (2014). Case study research design and methods (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc 282 pages. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster SHARE: Teachers’ Perception about Conditions for Teachers’ Engagement in Action Research 1School-gymnasium #91, Astana, Kazakhstan; 2School-gymnasium #74, Astana, Kazakhstan; 3School-gymnasium #75, Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The integration of action research into the teacher appraisal system in Kazakhstan emphasizes the pivotal roles of teachers as “teacher-researchers” and “master teachers”. In 2019, the initiation of the SHARE (School Hub for action Research in Education) by the Mayor of Astana city provided teachers from 22 Astana schools with opportunities to actively engage in action research. The collaborative effort involved coordination with Professor Colleen McLaughlin, Kate Evans, and Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva. The Astana Department of Education Center for Education Modernization played a key role in coordinating and overseeing the project. The main aim of this initiative is to engage teachers in action research in school settings. Embracing the perspectives by Stenhouse and Elliott (1983, 1991) the initiative recognizes teachers as knowledge generators, acquiring insights through self-directed research in collaboration with critical friends within the school community. Thus, teachers together with students are the primary audience for teachers engaged in action research. The process requires teachers to approach their work with honesty, open-mindedness, and a critical mindset. This involves a commitment to openly examining their own practices as well as those of their colleagues. The overarching goal in mind is to enhance teaching and learning for students through a continuous and reflective improvement process. Emphasizing teachers as initiators in this process is crucial for academic and professional growth. British educators Stenhouse (1981, 1983, 1988) and Rudduck (1988) stress daily research for teachers, stating curriculum study is their prerogative. Implementing change involves learning processes, challenging beliefs, and attitudes (Altrichter, 2005). Mills (2012) emphasizes teachers as decision-makers in research, creating conditions for their investigations. Mills' hypothesis asserts that if teachers, students, and administrators don't think independently about their actions, schools won't improve. Hence, for the community of action researchers to sustain, it requires a recognition that the research teachers can thrive in an intellectually secure environment conducive to their work within the research domain (Samaras, 1950). The international literature highlights the importance of creating equitable conditions for teachers to voluntarily participate in action research. This involves clearly outlining intentions at the outset and maintaining transparency throughout the process, thereby enhancing the likelihood of realizing anticipated outcomes. Furthermore, it emphasizes the promotion of a teacher-driven process, empowering educators to take an active and leading role in shaping the trajectory of action research initiatives. In the academic year 2022-2023, 22 SHARE schools conducted action research with a focus on student engagement in classroom learning. The action research was organized around the four key action research concepts: exploring how the action research methodology help teacher to learn about their own practices, investigating whether teachers engaged in action research foster teacher leadership qualities fostered, examining if there are observable changes in teaching and learning resulting from teachers’ engagement in action research, and finally, examining whether conducive conditions were established to facilitate active engagement in action research in participating schools. Our team, representing three school-gymnasiums #74, #75, and #91, was assigned to explore conditions established for conducting action research on student engagement in classroom learning during the 2022-2023 academic year. Hence, the aim of this small-scale research is to provide insights into the conditions created by schools, teachers and community for the successful implementation of action research in the context.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study two primary sources of information were utilized: a literature review aimed at understanding the conditions necessary for individual teachers, groups of teachers, school communities, and collaborations with external experts to engage in action research; and a survey data collected within SHARE settings. For the literature review, a systematic approach was employed in English, Kazakh and Russian languages and guided by main key words for search. Google Scholar served as the primary source for literature search due to the restricted access to subscription -based databases in the schools. Survey data were collected via Google Forms, a decision guided by considerations such as time constraints and need to reach a substantial number of respondents. A questionnaire comprising thirteen questions, was collaboratively designed with three other teams researching SHARE domains. General information about the respondents, including their role in the student engagement project and in the SHARE project, was gathered for analysis purposes. Among the thirteen questions, two were specifically targeted teachers’ perception of the conditions created in their schools for engagement in action research. The survey was conducted anonymously. This approach aimed to encourage a greater willingness to share perceptions without fear of judgment or misunderstanding, ultimately seeking more accurate and truthful insights into the participants' perspectives. However, recognizing the potential limitations posed by narrow survey questions fully capturing the thoughts of participants about the concept under study, we intend to address this issue by complementing the data with one-to-one interviews and focus group meetings in the future. This will allow us to overcome potential limitations in the study design and ensure a more comprehensive exploration of participants’ perspective. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings derived from the survey data, validated with 171 responses out of 228, indicate that SHARE teachers in the student engagement in classroom learning project acquired some degree of autonomy to establish necessary conditions to engage with the action research in their own school setting and beyond. Among the key findings: 80% of teacher-participants agreed that they have an opportunity to select their own critical friend. However, it should be noted that the school-based practice related to the lesson observation is very structured and is mandated by the order of the school principal who and when they attend the lesson. More than 90% of teachers reported having access to school-based trainings on action research conducted by the SHARE core team, whereas only little more than 50% reported having an opportunity to participate in trainings conducted by the Cambridge experts. Despite this, over 95% reported that they had an opportunity to participate in the SHARE mini conferences conducted with the participation of the Cambridge experts. Only 50% teacher-participants either fully or partially agreed that they have an opportunity to construct a timetable that accommodates time for discussion and reflections for all involved. The prevalent narrative of “lack of time” is commonly heard in schools. Addressing this challenge requires attention from school administration and decision makers at the level of subject departments. The examination of existing literature on the conditions for teachers' participation in action research revealed various ways of addressing the challenges teachers encounter. In conclusion, this small-scale study conducted by practitioners contributes to the discourse surrounding the importance of ensuring equitable conditions for voluntary teacher participation in action research, which in turn should contribute to the broader goal of empowering teachers as both researchers and leaders, ultimately enhancing teaching and learning experiences for all students. References Altrichter, H. (2005). Curriculum implementation–limiting and facilitating factors. Making it relevant: Context based learning of science, pp. 35-62. Germany. Elliott, J. (1993). Reconstructing Teacher Education. Teacher Development. London and New York: Routledge. Gay, L.R., Mills, Geoffrey E., Airasian, P. (2012). Educational research : competencies for analysis and applications (10th ed.). USA: Pearson Education, Inc. Rudduck, J. (1988). Changing the world of the classroom by understanding it: a review of some aspects of the work of Lawrence Stenhouse. Journal of Curriculum and Supervision, Vol,4. No 1, 30-42. Samaras, Anastasia P. (1950). Self-study teacher research: improving your practice through collaborative inquiry. US: SAGE Publications, Inc. Stenhouse, L. (1981). Educational Procedures and Attitudinal Objectives: a Paradox. Journal of Curriculum Studies, Vol. 13, NO. 4, 329-337. DOI: 10.1080/0022027810130405 Stenhouse, L. (1983). The relevance of practice to theory. Theory Into Practice 22:3, 211-215, DOI: 10.1080/00405848309543063 Stenhouse, L. (1988). Artistry and teaching: the teacher as focus of research and development. Journal of Curriculum and Supervision, Vol,4. No 1, pp. 43-51. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Exploring Education-to-work Pathways in Scotland: The Case of Foundation Apprenticeships University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Dual apprenticeship integrates classroom and work-based learning (WBL), promoting both theoretical knowledge and practical skills. Proponents, such as Beer and Meethan (2007), highlight its strategic advantage in customising skills training for industry demands and reducing youth unemployment. However, Guile and Okumoto (2007) highlight the importance of preventing employers from designing 'restrictive' skills content. In contrast, a lifelong skills approach favours transferable skills. Lassnigg (2011) calls for a balance between specific and broader educational goals. Capsada-Munsech and Valiente (2020) emphasise the necessity of both technical and ‘soft’ skills for successful employment and social integration. Central to the dual model is the assumption that WBL in competitive sectors confers an advantage in the labour market, aligning with Human Capital Theory (HCT) as championed by Becker (1962). HCT underscores education's role in developing individuals' skills and competencies to augment their "capital," an intangible asset of social and economic value, motivating individuals to enhance their capital for improved labour market positioning and increased earnings. A rationale for extending dual apprenticeship into earlier education levels emerges based on the perceived value of capital accumulation and the positive relationship between education, skills development, and labour market outcomes. Under this premise, participation in secondary-level dual apprenticeship allows individuals to build capital earlier, acquire practical skills, and gain industry-specific knowledge from a younger age, enhancing future employability and facilitating a more seamless transition into the labour market. Aggregate evidence suggests initial gains for vocational education and training (VET) graduates in terms of employability and earnings (Chankseliani and Anuar, 2019), but these advantages fade once university graduates enter the workforce (Brunello and Rocco, 2017). Low-level analyses reveal tracking mechanisms, formal or cultural, which amplify impacts of background factors such as gender and prior academic performance, exacerbating educational inequalities (Simon and Clarke, 2016; Smith, 2010). When the model moves to lower schooling levels, increased demand for WBL placements may give already privileged individuals an advantage, especially when employers hold the right to select apprentices since they may not be held to the same equality, diversity, inclusion, and accessibility standards as education bodies (Smith et. al., 2021). My study focuses on Foundation Apprenticeships (FA) in Scotland. I assess who benefits most or least from apprenticeship, taking contextual factors into account. This inquiry tests HCT assumptions about capital accumulation and socioeconomic outcomes. Research questions (RQ1-RQ3) explore post-FA outcomes, socioeconomic variations, and sectoral differences, and compare with other (post)secondary options, addressing the impact of dual training on younger apprentices. Several factors make the case of FA noteworthy. First, FA coexists with more vocationally oriented Modern Apprenticeships (MA), providing youth with a choice between more academic or workplace-oriented apprenticeship options. FA participants remain in school as students, while MA participants are classified as workers. Second, FA facilitates pathways into higher education, as its qualifications are recognised by Scottish universities. However, differences in the acceptance of sector-specific FA qualifications vary by educational institution. My study raises questions aimed at assessing the effectiveness of dual apprenticeship in building capital and tests HCT assumptions associating capital accumulation with socioeconomic outcomes by controlling for individual characteristics. I ask:
RQ1 explores variations in post-FA employment rates, income levels, and destinations across gender, region, and socioeconomic status. RQ2 addresses potential sectoral differences, acknowledging that different industries may exhibit varying outcomes related to FA participation. RQ3 directly compares the outcomes of FA with those of other (post)secondary options, e.g., apprenticeships at International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED) levels four and five. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Utilising statistical methods, I examine patterns of participation in FA across socioeconomic groups, analysing potential biases towards candidates from higher social class backgrounds amongst sectors. Investigating outcomes for individuals who have participated in FA versus other education options/levels can contribute to an assessment of whether there is a discernible advantage in employment, wages, and career advancement for individuals from certain social backgrounds. Exploring the intersection effects of social class with other demographic factors such as gender, socioeconomic status (using the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation/SIMD), or geography may identify compounded effects contributing to unequal opportunities. Finally, comparing FA/MA outcomes and selection processes with other educational pathways, such as higher education (HE), provides a broader context for understanding disparities. I investigate short to mid-term (<10 years) FA outcomes across sectors with existing secondary quantitative survey data. The Scottish Household Survey contains indicators relevant to my study across the full period of FA provision (2008-2022). This data is freely accessible through the UKDataService and is suitable for academic use. After cleaning and processing the data for analysis (addressing outliers and missing observations, identifying variable types, etc.), I define the dependent variables as employment status, wage, and highest qualification level/type achieved, and the independent variables as gender, SIMD, sector, and region (Scottish local authority/LA). Initially, I will calculate descriptive statistics (means, medians, and standard deviations) for the outcomes of interest in each sector and LA, and explore variations in outcomes across IV categories. Data visualisation will also aid my analysis. Bar charts, box plots, or heat maps can be used to illustrate differences in outcomes across sectors and regions. Drawing on emerging patterns, I will perform statistical tests (e.g., t-test/ANOVA) to assess the significance of differences between groups. Using the exploratory analysis as a guide, my analysis centres around the relationship between apprenticeship participation (at European Qualifications Framework/EQF level 4) and socioeconomic outcomes. To address RQ1-3, I use multiple linear regression models to quantify differences in wages and occupational attainment across economic sectors by educational level, paying particular attention to differences by social background. This correlative exercise is performed to create a quantitative foundation outlining post-FA trajectories. An important element of my analysis will be to explore interaction effects between gender, sector, and region using interactive terms in the various regression specifications. This exploration of contextual factors will be crucial to inform subsequent qualitative inquiry. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings HCT presumes that obtaining qualifications earlier will improve economic outcomes. The literature demonstrates that VET graduates typically secure employment faster and have higher initial earnings than their non-VET counterparts (Chankseliani and Anuar, 2019). This prediction leads to H1. Hypothesis 1: Positive association between education level and employment status, wage with higher returns for workers in the labour <10 years with FA qualification. Differences in outcomes have been associated with gender (Simon and Clarke, 2016; Bridges et. al., 2022) and socioeconomic status (Klatt, Clarke and Dulfer, 2017). H2 considers variations by gender, LA, and SIMD. Hypothesis 2: Differences in outcomes are associated with gender and socioeconomic status. Strathdee and Cooper (2017) emphasise the highly contextual nature of gender and the intersectionality of ethnicity, socio-economic status, and gender in affecting participation and achievement in VET. H3 highlights interaction effects amongst gender, LA, and SIMD. Hypothesis 3: There are significant interactions between employment, wage and sector, gender, LA, SIMD. Several studies investigate how initial labour market advantages of apprenticeship may diminish or even reverse over time (e.g., Brunello and Rocco, 2017; Neyt, Verhaest and Baert, 2020). While WBL increases employability in the short term (Hanushek, et. al., 2017), occupation-specific skills may become obsolete (Weber, 2014), are sensitive to labour demand changes (Golsteyn and Stenberg, 2017) and may become increasingly exposed as automation and digitisation lead to rapid technological change (Neyt, Verhaest and Baert, 2020). This prediction leads to H4. Hypothesis 4: Earnings for households with SVQ qualifications will be lower than those for households/individuals with (academic) SCQF qualifications, exhibit a positive association with higher educational attainment, and vary across high/low-growth sectors. My work contributes to debates surrounding the utility of HCT in assessing dual apprenticeship, concerns around sectoral skills patterns, and gaps in gender and socioeconomic patterning of VET outcomes. References Becker, 1962. Investment in human capital: A theoretical analysis. Journal of Political Economy, 70(5). Beer and Meethan, 2007. Marine and maritime sector skills shortages in the South West of England: Developing regional training provision. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 59(4). Brunello and Rocco, 2017. The labor market effects of academic and vocational education over the life cycle: Evidence based on a British cohort. Journal of Human Capital, 11(1). Bridges, Bamberry, Wulff and Krivokapic‐Skoko, 2022. “A trade of one's own”: The role of social and cultural capital in the success of women in male‐dominated occupations. Gender, Work & Organization, 29(2). Capsada-Munsech and Valiente, 2020. Sub-National Variation of Skill Formation Regimes: A Comparative Analysis of Skill Mismatch Across 18 European Regions. European Education, 52(2). Chankseliani and Anuar, 2019. Cross-country comparison of engagement in apprenticeships: A conceptual analysis of incentives for individuals and firms. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 6(3). Golsteyn and Stenberg, 2017. Earnings over the life course: General versus vocational education. Journal of Human Capital, 11(2). Guile and Okumoto, 2007. ‘We are trying to reproduce a crafts apprenticeship’: from Government Blueprint to workplace‐generated apprenticeship in the knowledge economy. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 59(4). Hanushek, Schwerdt, Woessmann and Zhang, 2017. General education, vocational education, and labor-market outcomes over the lifecycle. Journal of Human Resources, 52(1). Klatt, Clarke and Dulfer, 2017. Working their way to school completion: a snapshot of School-based Apprenticeships and Traineeships for young Australians. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 69(4). Lassnigg, 2011. The ‘duality’ of VET in Austria: institutional competition between school and apprenticeship. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 63(3). Neyt, Verhaest and Baert, 2020. The impact of dual apprenticeship programmes on early labour market outcomes: A dynamic approach. Economics of Education Review, 78. Simon and Clarke, 2016. Apprenticeships should work for women too!. Education+ training. Smith, 2010. Teaching assistant apprentices? English TAs' perspectives on apprenticeships in schools. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 62(3). Smith, Taylor-Smith, Fabian, Zarb, Paterson, Barr and Berg, 2021. A multi-institutional exploration of the social mobility potential of degree apprenticeships. Journal of Education and Work, 34(4). Strathdee and Cooper, 2017. Ethnicity, vocational education and training and the competition for advancement through education in New Zealand. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 69(3). Weber, 2014. Human capital depreciation and education level. International Journal of Manpower, 35(5). |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 D: Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper School Project. Meanings of School Quality for School Futures from an Ethnographic Perspective University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:It is since the time of the Sumerians (3500 BC) that the world has felt the need to pass on acquired knowledge in teaching and learning actions that have become increasingly structured and defined. A need that perhaps arose to make sense of the chaos of the outside world, to orientate, to delineate paths, and to educate the new generations so that they can make the world in which we live better. Undoubtedly the school represents, then as now, one of the pillars of the world and one of the elements that defines the quality of life in a country, and in our complex world, educational institutions are indispensable and necessary for everyone (Ingold, 2019). About quality, Elshaer (2012, p. 8) states: "Quality is a situation in which a set of intrinsic characteristics constantly satisfies the changing requirements of the organization’s customers and other stakeholders". And, if we want to relate this defining principle to the world of schools, we could say that school quality is what is achieved when the internal characteristics of the individual school under evaluation contribute to the satisfaction of the - constantly evolving - demand made on the school itself not only by students but also by society. But the picture of today's school appears dramatic. The data relating to access, attendance, and completion, as well as those relating to learning, scholastic well-being and teacher preparation, highlight numerous elements of weakness in the functioning of the world's schools. The UNESCO Statistical Institute (2022) states that 64 million children of primary school age do not attend school, most of them from marginalized groups, and of the 92% of children who start primary school, only 61% complete it (UNICEF, 2021). In addition to not being accessible to all, school also does not always teach. Even in countries with a high and medium level of economic development, the deficits in basic learning in reading, calculation and science are considerable. The results of PISA 2022, report that although about three out of four 15-year-old students demonstrate attainment of basic skills in reading and science in OECD countries, only 7% of students have attained the highest proficiency levels and only 69% of students are at least substantially proficient in mathematics (OECD, 2023).The data presented allows us to consider the needs and necessities for school intervention to improve the operations and direct the objectives in a new and changing society. Indeed, Sidorkin (2011) tells us that, at the crossroads where the world of mass education finds itself, we lack sufficient theoretical understanding to see where it can and cannot go next. Speaking about quality, the last theoretical aspect we wish to consider is the project Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development of the United Nations (UN, 2015), with Goal 4: to provide quality, equitable and inclusive education, and learning opportunities for all. 2030 Agenda represents a milestone in the research, as it is the document that binds the four case studies selected, whose countries are signatories to the document, and is the script on which the research tools are based. The research we intend to present, therefore, aims to identify meanings and quality perspectives for the school of the future from the analysis of data collected in four case studies, which involved pupils, teachers, heads of school and families from four primary schools in the world, in comparison with the fundamentals of goal four of the 2030 Agenda (UN, 2015); and it has attempted to the tortuous but necessary path towards achieving a quality school by outlining some perspectives on quality for the future of schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research aims to identify meanings and quality perspectives for the school of the future starting from the analysis of data collected in multiple-case-studies which involved pupils, teachers, heads of school and families from four primary schools in the world, in comparison with the fundamentals of goal four of Agenda 2030 (UN, 2015). The subjects involved are part of 4 primary schools in the world located in Italy, the Russian Federation, Ghana and Sierra Leone, countries in different levels of economic development and whose public expenditure investment, in relation to GDP in education, is not proportional to their income and to total public expenditure. About the first factor, according to data compiled by the World Bank (2023), the countries of the world can be divided into four economic income classes: high-income countries, upper-middle-income countries, lower-middle-income countries and low-income countries. For each of these categories, a reference country was selected and then a primary school, the case study. The research methodology involved the conduct of multiple case studies in an ethnographic perspective in four mixed, public and government primary schools and, for each of these, the intentionally chosen sample consisted of pupils, teachers, school principals and families of pupils in the last two-year classes (school grades three, four, five or six depending on the school system of reference). Specifically, the selected schools are located in Padua (Italy), Moscow (Russian Federation), Elmina (Ghana) and Freetown (Sierra Leone) respectively. In total, the sample of subjects reached is 210 pupils, 21 teachers, 5 school managers and 122 families. The multiplicity of research and observation tools, constructed within the trajectory of the 2030 Agenda, allows us to investigate the prospects of quality for the school of the future starting from a reasoning that involved the subjects in defining characteristics and meanings of the school of the present. The data analysis, which considered a specific model for data analysis, was based on the principles of phenomenological interpretative analysis (Pole & Morrison, 2003) and Computer-assisted qualitative data analysis (CAQDAS) with Atlas.ti. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the combination of what was codified for each primary school, an overall analysis was then reached. The results broaden the view considerably from the 10 sub-goals of Goal 4 of the 2030 Agenda, thus providing to the scientific community, but also to schools, with a bottom-up perspective, new meanings and new actions, to re-construct the school's future from a quality perspective. In particular, a dialogue was opened with respect to the accessibility of the school and the recognition of its importance; to the need for structures and learning spaces appropriate to education and to the needs of the people living in the school; to rethinking the conformation of the classroom environment, which can also be structured by discipline, by students' ability levels and by psycho-physical needs; to the adjustment of school times; to the involvement of pupils and families in decision-making processes; to the implementation of real, concrete lessons that help pupils orientate themselves in the future and to the care of pupils' education in multiple aspects of life; to the development of healthy relationships and a serene learning environment in which there is well-being for all involved, without exclusion. Finally, to the allocation of adequate financial aid. The research therefore sought to move away from the usual to venture into the unprecedented. What has been arrived at can hopefully represent a tension towards change, towards new horizons and new minds, to reorient objectives, in terms of reflection and praxis, in the direction of an intercultural change, desirable or possible, in the face of the criticalities, the cracks, the limits, of today's school, to outline a new educational paradigm. Understood in this sense, the school is all to be built and in an always open building site. References Atkinson, P. (1992). Understanding Ethnographic Texts. SAGE Publications. Biesta, G. (2012). Making Sense of Education: Fifteen Contemporary Educational Theorists in their own Words. Springer Netherlands. Biesta, G. J. J. (2017). The Rediscovery of Teaching. Routledge. Burner T. (2018), “Why is educational change so difficult and how can we make it more effective?”, Forskning og Forandring, 1, 1: 22–134. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education (8th edition). Routledge. Common Worlds Research Collective, 2020. Learning to become with the world: Education for future survival. Paper commissioned for the Unesco. URL: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374032.locale=en (accessed on 20th September 2022). Denzin, N. K. e Lincoln, Y. S. (2000). Handbook of qualitative research (Second). Sage Publications. Elshaer, I. (2012). What is the Meaning of Quality? MPRA Paper 57345, University Library of Munich. Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2010). Ethnography: Principles in practice (3rd edition). Routledge. Harvey, L., & Green, D. (1993). Defining Quality. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 18(1), 9–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/0260293930180102 Ingold, T. (2017). Anthropology and/as Education. Routledge. Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (2019). Pirls 2021 assessment frameworks. TIMSS & PIRLS. OECD & Europäische Kommission (2020). Cities in the world: A new perspective on urbanisation. OECD Publishing. OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en OECD. (2023a). Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en Packer, M. (2011). The science of qualitative research. Cambridge University Press. Pole, C. J., & Morrison, M. (2003). Ethnography for education. Open university press. Sidorkin, A. M. (2011). On the Essence of Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 30(5), 521–527. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-011-9258-3 Smith, J. A., Larkin, M., & Flowers, P. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method, and research. SAGE. UN General Assembly (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1. https://www.refworld.org/docid/57b6e3e44.html UNESCO (2022). A Bayesian Cohort Model for Estimating SDG Indicator 4.1.4. Out-of-School Rates. A proposal by the UNESCO Institute for Statistics and the Global Education Monitoring Report. https://www.unesco.org/gemreport/sites/default/files/medias/fichiers/2022/08/OOS_Proposal.pdf UNICEF (2021), Protecting child rights in a time of crises. UNICEF Annual Report 2021, testo disponibile al sito: https://www.unicef.org/media/121251/file/UNICEF%20Annual%20Report%202021.pdf (accessed on 20th Settembre 2022). Wolcott H. (1995), The Art of Fieldwork, Alta Mira Press, Lanham. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (4th Ed.). Sage. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Evaluation VS Teacher Attestation from Literature Review 1Kazakh National Women’s Teacher Training University; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics in Almaty Presenting Author:This literature review presented in this paper was completed to fulfill the assignment for my PhD study. As an emerging researcher I am interested in teachers’ teaching quality and how it is assessed. Therefore, I would like to present in this paper the most interesting finding I have encountered in my literature review journey. I have looked at numerous conducted research, scholarly written articles and books related to international and Kazakhstani practice of teaching quality assessment. As I am from Kazakhstan, it was in priority for me to look at its performance in teaching assessment quality and how it could be improved. However, to have wide and diverse view and to discover teaching assessment practices by leading countries in education, I have selected six countries to compare with Kazakhstan. There is an interesting argument that the school’s quality cannot exceed its teacher’s quality (OECD, 2014). The idea of the statement could be interpreted as a teacher’s quality is crucial in fostering positive outcomes in the classroom. If a teacher’s quality is important, then how to determine whether a certain teacher is well-qualified? There are frameworks practised worldwide known as teacher appraisal, performance appraisal, and teacher evaluation. In the Kazakhstani context, it was given the name of teacher attestation by the Ministry of Education and Science (MoES, 2000). Therefore, I will use the term teacher evaluation to refer to international teacher assessment systems while teacher attestation will be used in relation to Kazakhstan’s teacher assessment system. According to Danielson (2007), teacher evaluation serves as a foundation for assessing, improving, and maintaining the quality of teaching. The Kazakhstani teacher attestation is defined by Pak (2020) as a periodical process which takes place to identify the level of professional and qualification training of teachers to determine the level of pedagogical skills. Although both teacher evaluation and teacher attestation are generally implemented for assessment and development of teaching quality, the aims and structure may vary. For instance, countries such as Finland and Singapore are often cited for having effective teacher evaluation systems. Teachers in Finland are urged to reflect and learn continuously (Sahlberg, 2010). Professional learning communities, mentoring, and an emphasis on collaboration among teachers are all included in Singapore's model (Ong Kelly et al., 2008). Every system seeks to address the teachers' continuous growth and development. In case of Kazakhstan, the reviewed teacher attestation was introduced and implemented in Kazakhstan in 2000 and its aim was to assess teachers' competencies, subject knowledge, and adherence to educational standards (MoES, 2000). Therefore, it was implemented to enhance the quality of education and professional development among educators. This assessment often included the review of instructional practices, student outcomes, and professional responsibilities. However, changes in the policy of teacher attestation as well as in its aim is a frequent practice in Kazakhstan. Therefore, in Kazakhstan as well as in other countries, teacher attestation and teacher evaluation systems have faced and been facing challenges. In this context, this paper provides a systematic review and analysis of scholarly written works, policy documents, and empirical research. The evaluation systems of countries such as Finland, Canada, China, Japan, Singapore and South Korea were selected to be compared with the Kazakhstani teacher attestation. The paper is written to explore the aims of selected international teacher evaluations and Kazakhstani teacher attestation. The systematic literature review aims to answer the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The process of the systematic literature review guided by research questions took the following steps. Initially, academic and scholarly related to the topic of interest articles from reliable journals were considered. The criteria of relativity and reliability were created in selecting articles. The criteria were based on the book Doing Your Own Research by Judith Bell (2010). According to Bell (2010) the keywords should be well grouped and organized before starting the search. In case of this research, the following keywords were identified and implemented: “teacher evaluation”, “teacher appraisal”, “performance appraisal”, “teacher attestation”, “Finland”, “Canada”, “China”, “Japan”, “Singapore”, “South Korea”, and “teacher evaluation critique”. The search included the university, national libraries in Kazakhstan as well as electronic databases as Google Scholar, ERIC, Taylor & Francis, Sage Publications, and SCOPUS. After the articles were accessed on the criteria of reliability and relativity, they were thematically grouped and divided. The initial number of articles was 60, however, after reviewing and analysing, 20 articles were removed, and 40 articles were opted and used in this systemic review. Moreover, apart from articles and empirical research, official standards by ministries were also included in the review according to the nationally standardised nature of teacher attestation. The selected literature was divided according to the themes such as the Formation of Teacher Evaluation, Teacher Evaluation Systems Globally, Historical Background of Teacher Attestation, Aims of Teacher Evaluation and Teacher Attestation Systems, and Critiques towards Teacher Evaluation and Teacher Attestation. However, there is an important aspect I have to mention as an emerging researcher who wants to be an ethically honest researcher. Unfortunately, through my current place of study and due to their absence of subscription and access to databases such as SCOPUS and other databases with peer-reviewed articles and scholarly works, I had to be involved in a process of obtaining the articles related to the topic of my interest through the website as Sci-Hub which is a shadow library website that provides free access to peer-reviewed and scholarly works. I do understand that my actions are unethical, however, in order to read reliable literature, I had to obtain them through the shadow library website. The reason why I have mentioned my such actions is because I would like to highlight my struggles as an emerging researcher of accessing reliable information, so in future universities will be obtaining official subscriptions not to make their students unethical as researchers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The purpose of this paper is to introduce the topic of my interest and identify the gaps through the review of the literature. According to the review of the existing literature which were covered in this systematic review of literature several gaps have been identified. It was identified that both goal teacher evaluation systems worldwide and the teacher attestation system in Kazakhstan are concerned about the quality of education. However, it was explored that the aims of the considered teacher assessment systems in this paper significantly vary. Moreover, some teacher evaluation systems face critiques and challenges as well as the attestation system of Kazakhstan. The literature review emphasises the importance of effective teacher evaluation systems that are contextually relevant, supportive, and growth oriented. Moreover, undertaking this literature review has not only been done to fulfil the assignment, but has also been a personally enriching experience, by providing a valuable and deeper understanding of the topic of my interest. However, I have encountered challenges such as limitations of accessing peer-reviewed literature. Despite the hurdles, through this journey of literature review, I have learned important aspects as an emerging researcher such as being systematic, critical, able to analyse and interpret. References Danielson, C. (2007). Enhancing professional practice: A framework for teaching (2nd ed.). Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. Maharaj S. (2014). Administrators’ views on teacher evaluation: Examining Ontario’s teacher performance appraisal. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy, 152, 1-58. Martinez, F., Taut, S., & Schaaf, K. (2016). Classroom observation for evaluating and improving teaching: An international perspective. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 49, 15-29. OECD. (2014). Reviews of National Policies for Education: Secondary Education in Kazakhstan. OECD Publishing. Ong Kelly, K., Yun Angela Ang, S., Ling Chong, W. and Sheng Hu, W. (2008), "Teacher appraisal and its outcomes in Singapore primary schools", Journal of Educational Administration, 46(1), 39-54. Order of the Minister of Education and Science (MoES) of the Republic of Kazakhstan “On approval of the Rules on the certification of attestation staff,” dated April 28, 2000 No. 422. Registered with the Ministry of Justice of the Republic of Kazakhstan on July 13, 2000 No. 1193. Retrieved [5.12.2023] from [https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/V000001193] Order of the Minister of Education and Science (MoES) of the Republic of Kazakhstan “On approval of the Rules and conditions for certification of civil servants in the field of education and science,” dated January 27, 2016 No. 83. Registered with the Ministry of Justice of the Republic of Kazakhstan on February 29, 2016 No. 13317. Retrieved [23.10.2023] from [https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/archive/docs/V1600013317] Pak, V. (2020). Teacher Appraisal System in one Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Kazakhstan: Teachers’ Perceptions and Experiences. Retrieved [22.11.2023] from [https://nur.nu.edu.kz/handle/123456789/4914] Sahlberg, P. (2010). "The secret to Finland's success: Educating teachers." Teachers College Record, 112(10), 2603-2634. Tarhan, H., Karaman, A., Lauri, K., & Aerila, J. A. (2019). Understanding teacher evaluation in Finland: A professional development framework. Australian Journal of Teacher Education (Online), 44(4), 33-50. Whyte, J. B. (1986). Teacher assessment: a review of the performance appraisal literature with special reference to the implications for teacher appraisal. Research Papers in Education, 1(2), 137–163. Yoo, J. (2018). Evaluating the new teacher evaluation system in South Korea: Case studies of successful implementation, adaptation, and transformation of mandated policy. Policy Futures in Education, 16(3), 277-290. Zhang, X. F., & Ng, H. M. (2017). An effective model of teacher appraisal: Evidence from secondary schools in Shanghai, China. Educational management administration & leadership, 45(2), 196-218. Zhumykbayeva, А., Ablayeva, М. (2023). “Teacher Attestation: Identifying the Factors Influencing Teacher Reflective Skills.” BULLETIN Series of Pedagogical Sciences, 79(3), 256–264. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Evaluating the Impact of a Policy in Education in Kazakhstan Using Synthetic Difference-in-Dierences Minerva University, United States Presenting Author:There is substantial evidence supporting the importance of education and its significant positive effect on our lives. Specifically, it leads to higher income (Card, 1999), reduced crime rates (Machin et al., 2011), and better health (Conti & Hechman, 2010), and for women, in particular, it leads to lower birth rates and higher woman autonomy (Cygan-Rehm & Maeder, 2022; The World Bank, 2022). One of the common ways to assess the quality of education in a country, albeit subject to debate, is through standardized examinations. In the international arena, Kazakhstani students score lower than the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) average on international tests like the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) and Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS), with an overall declining national average over time. To improve the quality of education at primary, basic, and general secondary education levels, the Ministry of Education of Kazakhstan has implemented numerous educational programs in the past decade. However, there is little to no empirical evidence to support these programs and justify the allocated budget apart from success in the low-scale pilot studies. To address this challenge, I perform a policy evaluation of a shift to per capita funding in primary and secondary education levels, piloted in 2014 in partnership with UNESCO and launched in public schools in the capital Astana in 2018 and two other largest cities in the country, Almaty and Shymkent in the following year. Using the Difference-in-Differences, Synthetic Control and the newly introduced Synthetic Difference-in-Difference estimator by Arkhangelsky and colleagues (2021), I find no statistically significant evidence of the shift to per capita funding on the share of students who score below the threshold on a United National Testing (UNT) taken by high school graduates. While there certainly are limitations due to the data’s availability, the study’s short period, and the policy’s possible lagged effects, this paper is a significant step in using empirical research to inform policymaking and evidence-based social intervention in Kazakhstan. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Question What is the impact of the shift to per capita funding in K-12 in Kazakhstan on student UNT scores in Astana? Objective To evaluate the impact of the shift to per capita funding in Astana using a quasi-experimental design and publicly available data, controlling for confounding variables across regions. Program In 2018, 76% of schools in Astana city had to undergo a mandatory transition from ”smeta” funding to per capita funding, followed by two other major cities, Almaty and Shymkent, in 2019 (the cities were, thus, excluded from the analysis). Design, Setting and Units of Analysis Using difference-in-differences (DID), synthetic control (SCM), and synthetic difference-in-difference (SDID) estimators, this study examines the effect of the shift to per capita funding in the city of Astana using UNT examination scores from 2014 until 2022 and compares it to the student outcomes of the remaining 13 regions (excluding an outlier). Main Outcomes and Measures The study uses UNT examination scores (specifically, the number of students who score below the national threshold to enrol in higher education institutions) as an outcome variable. Future studies will also use PISA and TIMSS scores to measure the policy’s success as soon as the results become available in 2023 and 2024. Limitations Due to inconsistency in data reporting, numerous other educational programs initiated by the government simultaneously, and possible lagged effects of the policy, the current study only lays the foundation for further analyses for impact evaluation. Future studies will significantly benefit from using scores from international examinations after sufficient time has passed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results The results from all three methods (DID, SC, SDID) show no impact of the program on student UNT scores (coefficients 0.04, 0.03, 0.03, respectively). Findings Using high school examination scores as a measure of success and controlling for demographic characteristics across regions, the shift to per capita funding does not affect student outcomes in public schools. Meaning Despite the government’s report of the program’s positive effect on student outcomes (8.6% increase), the results of this study show no effect of this program. References Abadie, A., Diamond, A., & Hainmueller, J. (2010). Synthetic control methods for comparative case studies: Estimating the effect of california’s tobacco control program. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 105(490), 493–505. doi: 10.1198/jasa.2009.ap08746 Abadie, A., Diamond, A., & Hainmueller, J. (2014). Comparative politics and the synthetic control method. American Journal of Political Science, 59(2), 495–510. doi: 10.1111/ajps.12116 Abadie, A., & Gardeazabal, J. (2003). The economic costs of conflict: A case study of the basque country. American Economic Review , 93 (1), 113–132. doi: 10.1257/000282803321455188 Arkhangelsky, D., Athey, S., Hirshberg, D. A., Imbens, G. W., & Wager, S. (2021). Synthetic difference-in-differences. American Economic Review , 111 (12), 4088–4118. doi: 10.1257/aer.20190159 Asian Development Bank. (2018). Kazakhstan country gender assessment. Country Planning Documents, 1–109. doi: 10.22617/tcs179181 International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement. (2023b). Trends in international mathematics and science study (timss). IEA. Re- trieved from JSC Financial Center. (2022). Jsc financial center. Retrieved from https:// www.invest.fincenter.kz/ |
Date: Tuesday, 27/Aug/2024 | |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 D: Policy Studies and Politics of Education Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Antonis Tampouras Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Role of Educational Administration for Inclusion in School Education – A Systematic Narrative Literature Review TU Braunschweig, Germany Presenting Author:Data as well as policy evaluation results indicate that the ratification of the CRPD – by Austria in 2007 and Germany in 2009 – can rarely make an impact on the implementation of the right to inclusive education in central European countries (EASNIE, 2020; KMK, 2022; Statistik Austria, 2022). A glance at the numbers shows that Germany represents the European average (7.02%) with 7.2% of students with SEN while Austria is below the average at 5.3%. This ranks both countries in the middle of the field regarding the percentage of students with SEN. Like all European countries, Austria and Germany operate with assessment strategies to categorize students according to their abilities. The local school authorities organize the procedure to examine and assign eight to nine different SEN labels. A consistent and coherent examination strategy, nevertheless, is missing, but international classification systems like ICD-10 guide the diagnostic procedure (Buchner & Proyer, 2020; Gasterstädt et al., 2021). Thus, the organization of education and learning is shaped by traditional disability categories rather than an inclusive understanding guided by fostering participation, empowerment, and self-determination (Florian, 2014; Prengel, 2022). Based on an inclusive understanding, scholars and practitioners proclaim the organization of assessments that consider environmental factors, are conducted by multi-professional teams, and include inclusive classifications like ICF (Moretti et al., 2012; Sanches-Ferreira et al., 2014). This requires shifting the focus from diagnostics to pedagogics and thus administration with bottom-up rather than top-down approaches. It results in the trilemmatic situation of administrating (inclusive) education regarding (1) the impact of (inter)national policies, (2) the bureaucratically top-down SEN assessment systems, and (3) attempts for inclusive bottom-up practices on the ground. This leads to the following question: What aspects constitute the research field of educational administration and inclusion in school education? The paper contributes to the scientific debate on policy-making to implement inclusion in school education with a special focus on the role of educational administration in fostering social inclusion and diversity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper presents the central parts of my Ph.D. desk research consisting of a Systematic Narrative Literature Review (SNRL). The research field of inclusive education and its nexus to educational administration has rarely been researched so far. Thus, the SNLR as an innovative method in educational research combines a traditional systematic approach with a snowballing strategy (Baumeister & Leary, 1997; Halász, 2019). It aims to map the research field of inclusion in school education and educational administration rather than limiting it to one specific aspect. The methodological focus of the SNLR helps to identify the theoretical implications and narratives that shape the highly interdisciplinary research topic. For the first research cycle, I used the three databases [Scopus, Jstor, and FIS Bildung] to start the review procedure with the following keywords »inclusive education OR inclusion OR special education«. The entry of »AND primary school OR secondary school OR school system« narrowed down the area of education. The terms »organizational education OR organisation OR administration OR bureaucracy ” finalized the search strategy intending to review the nexus of inclusion and educational administration across all school system levels. The German database was fed with the equivalent terms “Inklusion”, “Schule”, “Organisation”, “Administration” and “Bürokratie”. The search presented 292 papers. Following the research purpose, the selection criteria included a) English or German language, b) publishing date < 2007, c) theoretical, empirical, and methodological approaches on inclusion in school education and educational administration, and d) abstract. 57 papers met the inclusion criteria and were scanned by their abstract and full availability. Then, nine papers suit the research purpose. The second research cycle switched to snowballing to identify further literature, which was not considered by the first cycle because the SNLR is not limited to scientific literature but includes working papers, grey literature, etc. (Boyle et al., 2014). 105 documents expanded the literature corpus and finally included 114 relevant pieces. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that the research activities in the field of inclusion in school education and educational administration are very promising in terms of understanding the implementation of inclusion holistically. The SNRL revealed three main narratives: the policy narrative, the steering narrative, and the assessment narrative. All narratives vary from different ontological, epistemological, and methodological origins. They reveal different (practical) approaches with overlapping top-down and bottom-up characteristics to implement inclusion on the ground. The SNLR pictures the interplay of politics and individuals as key for successful implementation. All three narratives appear in the Austrian and German school context and describe the systematical interplay between education policies and the individuals’ practices to implement inclusion on the ground. The second narrative referred to as the steering narrative can be defined as predominately in Austria and Germany. Thereby, the Special Educational Needs Assessment constitutes the governance of inclusive education. The administration of inclusion seems to have pure steering characteristics rather than explicit pedagogical implications for students´ education and learning processes as the assessment narratives promote. The underresearched policy narrative points to the relevance of education policies and their impact but also their reproduction on the ground. As the systematical interplay between education policies and individual practices seems to be key for the implementation of inclusion on the ground, the talk shed light on the policy narrative. Using a traditional systematic review approach emerged as insufficient due to the little high-impact research and resulting from the gap in the research topic of inclusion in school education and educational administration. Thus, the extension towards an SNRL proved to be a suitable method for an overview of a wide range of interdisciplinary research. References Baumeister, R. F.; Leary, M. R. (1997). Writing narrative literature reviews. In Review of General Psychology 1 (3), p. 311-320. DOI: 10.1037//1089-2680.1.3.311. Boyle, E. A.; MacArthur, E. W.; Connolly, T. M.; Hainey, T.; Manea, M. Kärki, A. & van Rosmalen, P. (2014). A narrative literature review of games, animations and simulations to teach research methods and statistics. In Computer & Education 74, 1-14. DOI: 10.1016/j.compedu.2014.01.004. Buchner, T. & Proyer, M. (2020). From special to inclusive education policies in Austria – developments and implications for school and teacher education. In European Journal of Teacher Education 43 (1), S. 83–94. DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2019.1691992. EASNIE (2020). European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education: 2018 Dataset Cross-Country Report. Odense, Denmark. Florian, L. (2014). What counts as evidence of inclusive education? In European Journal of Special Needs Education 29 (3), p. 286–294. DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2014.933551. Gasterstädt, J.; Kistner, A. & Adl-Amini, K. (2021). Die Feststellung sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarfs als institutionelle Diskriminierung? Eine Analyse der schulgesetzlichen Regelungen. In: Zeitschrift für Inklusion (4). Under https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/551 Halász, G. (2019). Doing Systematic Literature Review - `Net Fishing´ or `Whale Hunting´? In M. Honerød Hoveid, L. Ciolan, A. Paseka & S. Marques Da Silva (eds.). Doing educational research. Overcoming challenges in practice (p. 91-113). London: SAGE Publications Ltd. KMK (2021). Sonderpädagogische Förderung an Schulen. Berlin. Under https://www.kmk.org/dokumentation-statistik/statistik/schulstatistik/sonderpaedagogische-foerderung-an-schulen.html Moretti, M.; Alves, I. & Maxwell, G. (2012). A systematic literature review of the situation of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability, and Health and the International Classification of Functioning, Disability, and Health-Children and Youth version in education: a useful tool or a flight of fancy? In American Journal of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation 91 (13), 3-17. DOI: 10.1097/PHM.0b013e31823d53b2. Prengel, A. (2022). Schule inklusiv gestalten. Eine Einführung in die Gründe und Handlungsmöglichkeiten. Opladen; Berlin; Toronto: Budrich. Sanches-Ferreira, M.; Silveira-Maia, M. & Alves, S. (2014). The use of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health, version for Children and Youth (ICF-CY), in Portuguese special education assessment and eligibility procedures: the professionals’ perceptions. In European Journal of Special Needs Education 29 (3), S. 327-343. DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2014.908025. Statistik Austria (2022). Schulstatistik ab 2006. Wien. Under https://statcube.at/statistik.at/ext/statcube/jsf/dataCatalogueExplorer.xhtml 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Compulsory Schooling in Sweden - The Legal Responsibility When Children do not Attend School Umeå universitet, Sweden Presenting Author:In Sweden compulsory education means that children must participate in education from the age of six, which includes one mandatory preschool year followed by nine years of compulsory school (The Education Act (2010:800) chapter 7 section 4). Children are also entitled, but not obligated, to take part in education, in for example preschool from ages 1-5 and upper secondary school.
Children who do not attend school is an increasing concern, both in Sweden and in other countries (Gren-Landell et al, 2015; Kreitz-Sandberg and Fredriksson, 2023; prop. 2017/18:182). There is a lot of focus on how to get children back to school but there is a lack of research about school´s legal responsibility in this area. In the general debate the school is highlighted as an important actor for children’s well-being. Research has shown that children with a history of problematic school attendance are at risk of early school leaving and run increased risks of weak connections to the labor market and poor health (Sundelin et al, 2023). To leave school with incomplete grades can also lead to social vulnerability and exclusion (prop. 2017/18:182). The project takes its starting point in these societal issues and investigates and analyses the legal responsibility for various actors regarding children´s fulfillment of compulsory schooling.
The right to education is a fundamental right which is protected by the Swedish constitution (The Swedish Instrument of Government), the European Convention on Human Rights and the Convention on the Rights of the Child. There is a potential conflict when children with a right to education do not participate in school. In most cases it is not possible to opt out of the right to education when the child is also subject to compulsory schooling and therefore has an obligation to attend school. On the other hand, there is a risk that the right to education will not be upheld if the child does not participate in school.
The legal responsibility for children’s non-attendance at school is shared across several actors. For example, teachers, principals, the education providers, and municipalities. Except for the actors’ mentioned, student health also has a central role in the work with school absences. my goal is to elucidate the legal responsibilities of each party, examining both preventive and reactive measures. I will also investigate the legal regulations and analyse if the legal responsibility is clear as to when it starts and how extensive it is. One part of the study is the focus in recent years on cooperation between schools and other authorities (prop. 2017/18:182; förordning (2023:179) om statsbidrag för personalkostnader för skolsociala team). When a child has problems with school absenteeism many authorities can be involved, not only internal cooperation with teachers, principals, municipalities, and students’ health. External cooperation with for example healthcare, social service and the police can also be relevant. There might also be a conflict between different actors concerning the purpose of preventive and reactive actions; Is the purpose for example, to focus on children’s long-term well-being or knowledge development? (Strandler and Harling, 2023). Depending on what role the actor has, it might affect the type of responsibility they have. The legal conditions for cooperation will therefore be investigated. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the aims of the project, a legal-dogmatic method is used. This method involves drawing conclusions about the content of law based on the hierarchy of legal sources. These sources include legislation, above all the Swedish Education Act, preparatory works, court decisions and legal literature (Pescenik, 1995). Here, this method is used to assess content and the extent of compulsory schooling as well as regarding the responsibilities of compulsory school attendance and school absenteeism, through mapping of different pieces of legislation and identification of gaps in relation to the societal problems. One part of the project is historical, where I will identify the government’s objectives of compulsory education from when it started in year 1882. To understand the legal meaning with compulsory schooling over time, legislation and preparatory works have primarily been analysed. The actors of focus of my project are principals, teachers, the education providers, municipalities, and student health. The analysis includes an examination of how wide mandates the legislators have given the actors in relation to problematic school attendance. This is analysed to find the roles and legal responsibilities of the actors in both preventive and reactive measures. Some challenges have been identified in the legal material. Since not many decisions from principals or other authorities can be appealed, there is a shortage of case-law. Instead, there is extensive guidance material and decisions from school authorities; the Swedish National Agency for Education and the Swedish Schools Inspectorate, which will investigated. This kind of material is not a traditional legal source. However, since fundamental principles, as equivalent education (Education Act chapter 1 section 9), governs the application of law this kind of material serves a purpose and will be used in the project (Pescenik, 1995.) The definitions of absenteeism or truancy are not consistent (Forsell, 2020; SOU 2016:94). Terms frequently used are for example absenteeism or problematic absenteeism or school attendance problems (Kreitz-Sandberg and Fredriksson, 2023). In my project I will focus on both attendance and absenteeism and at this stage in the project I am not only using one term to address the problem. Later on, it might be necessary to define and problematize terms relevant for a legal definition. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One of my preliminary results concerns the scope of compulsory schooling in a legal context. The fact that the compulsory schooling requirement may met in different ways, means that students may fulfill this obligation through a variation of educational arrangements that may not always align with the legislator's original intended purposes behind the requirement. For example, there is a clearly stated objective of children to be educated, which in long term are expected to contribute to the higher and even more long-term goal of supporting future participation in the labor market and in social life in general. These goals are closely linked to the legal requirements for participation and an important factor is therefore how the requirements for attendance at school should be interpreted based on the legal rules. That compulsory schooling exists according to the Education Act is clear, after investigation and analysis of the legal rules in the Education Act it has become clear that compulsory schooling can be fulfilled in different ways, not only in school. After assessments in the individual case based on the individual children´s needs, for example, certain education can be obtained at home or in another location. The analysis of current legal regulations can therefore form the basis for discussing whether it is possible to talk about different types of compulsory schooling and problematize the attendance requirement. The next step in my project is to investigate the different actor’s role in relation to the fulfillment of the school obligation when the children is not in school. What the actors can, should and must do based on the legal material. References Forsell, Tobias ”Man är ju typ elev, fast på avstånd”: problematisk skolfrånvaro ur elevers, föräldrars och skolpersonals perspektiv. Umeå: Umeå Universitet, 2020 Gren-Landell Malin, Ekerfelt Allvin Cornelia, Bradley Maria, Andersson Maria and Andersson Gerhard Teachers’ views on risk factors for problematic school absenteeism in Swedish primary school students.. Educational Psychology In Practice, volume 31(4), 2015, p. 412-423. Kreitz-Sandberg Susanne and Fredriksson Ulf. Comparative Perspectives on School Attendance, Absenteeism, and Preventive Measures in Europe and Beyond. European education 2023, Vol. 55, Nos. 3–4, 137-147. Pescenik Aleksander, Vad är rätt? : om demokrati, rättssäkerhet, etik och juridisk argumentation, Stockholm: Fritze, 1995. Prop. 2017/18:182 Samling för skolan. SOU 2016:94 Saknad! Uppmärksamma elevers frånvaro och agera. Strandler Ola and Harling Martin. The Problem of “Problematic School Absenteeism” – On the Logics of Institutional Work with Absent Students’ Well-Being and Knowledge Development. European education 2023, Vol. 55, Nos. 3–4, 172–185. Sundelin Åsa, Lindgren Joakim and Lundahl Lisbeth: Young People’s Stories of School Failure and Remedial Trajectories – Clues to Prevention of School Absenteeism and Early School Leaving. European Education, Volume 55, 2023 - Issue 3-4 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Navigating Citizenship, Competitiveness, and Societal Dynamics:A Policy Analysis of International School Policies in the Global South University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:topic: International schools in policy discussions face complexity within the network of globalization and national development strategy interests (Ball, 2012). Global South (GS) countries engage in the international education market to enhance international competitiveness with globalization, aligning with the 'competition state' concept that emphasizes economic performance and increased marketization within national borders (Cerny, 1997). However, GS governments find themselves at a crossroads, as global capital's ascendancy challenges sovereign states' authority (Held & McGrew, 2007). Also, citizenship and national identity issues complicate the formulation of internationalized education policies (Hansen, 2012). Moreover, international school policies’ implementation simultaneously faces a democratic deficit, as noted by Brown (2000), where citizens are excluded from decisions on credential competition rules when international schools operate outside national systems. Regulations on international schools delineate national education system boundaries (Komljenovic & Robertson, 2017), determining who can opt out of mainstream education for a market-oriented educational environment. One current international school policies’ primary objective is to manage market participation. Allowing local students access to international schools enables departure from the conventional education system and circumventing socialization’s significant aspects. This access may constitute a covert form of educational marketization, facilitating a quiet process that directly influences critical issues such as citizenship, inequality, national identity, and the country's strategy and position on talent in economic globalization context. The convergence of economic globalization, Southern economic development, and middle-class growth, coupled with IB’s increasing popularity, marks a significant epoch. Through international school policies, GS nations strive to reconcile citizenship and stratification concerns with competitiveness. This confluence of economic forces and educational trends demands careful scholarly examination to comprehend global education’s evolving dynamics and its far-reaching societal implications.
Research questions & objectives: Using evidence from four GS countries (China, India, Mexico, South Africa),the research will compare and analyse their international school policy from following aspects: Evolution of International School Policies Over Time:
Strategic Positioning and Talent Development:
Impact on Education Systems and National Identity:
Theoretical Framework: Policy Process Model (Sabatier & Jenkins-Smith, 1993) provides a robust theoretical framework for effective policy analysis of this research. This model is suitable for exploring policy evolution’s multifaceted dimensions, formulation, and implementation. Emphasizing the dynamic and complex nature of policy development, the Policy Process Model considers stages like agenda setting, policy formulation, adoption, implementation, and evaluation. Several scholars argue for the Policy Process Model’s applicability in education policy analysis (Ball, 1994; McLaughlin, 1987). Sabatier (2007) emphasizes the model's capacity to adapt to changing economic, social, and political contexts influencing policy development. Using this model, researchers can systematically investigate the historical trajectory of international school policies in the GS, identifying patterns, trends, and influential factors at each stage of the policy process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1. Data Collection: Policy Documents: • Laws, regulations, guidelines, and official reports related to international education. • Systematic collection of policy documents related to international school policies in the global South from relevant government agencies, education ministries, and international organizations. • Inclusion of historical and current policy documents to trace the evolution of international school policies over time. multimedia materials: • Statements and speeches of policymakers, views of experts and stakeholders, media coverage, public feedback and comments, relevant research, and academic literature • By collecting and analysing these diverse materials, researchers can gain a more holistic understanding of the formation and evolution of policy discourse. This comprehensive approach allows for a deeper analysis of the policy context, influencing factors, and societal responses. 2. Data Analysis: Thematic Analysis Thematic analysis stands as the chosen approach to scrutinize the collected data from policy documents and materials. This method involves a multi-step process, beginning with familiarization through repeated readings/watching to gain a profound understanding of the content (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Initial coding will identify key themes and patterns, followed by systematic searching for additional themes and their subsequent review. The final step involves defining and naming these themes to accurately represent the policy documents' content. This thematic analysis provides a structured and nuanced approach to uncovering the complexities within the policies (Nowell, Norris, White & Moules, 2017). 3. Coding Framework Development The development of a coding framework is crucial for organizing and interpreting the data effectively. The codebook, which serves as the guide for the analysis, will include clearly defined codes corresponding to the themes and patterns identified during the thematic analysis (Saldaña, 2015). The hierarchical structure of the codebook ensures that the complexity and interrelation of themes are appropriately represented (Huberman,2014). 4. Data Interpretation Following the coding process, the interpretation of the data involves placing the identified themes within their historical, social, and economic context. This contextualization is essential for understanding the nuanced aspects of policy decisions. Comparative analysis across different policy documents and time frames will be employed to discern patterns and shifts within the policies (Huberman,2014). The aim is to construct a coherent and comprehensive narrative that captures the evolution of international school policies in the global South, highlighting key turning points, challenges, and underlying motivations. This interpretative phase contributes to the depth and richness of the qualitative analysis (Elliott, Fischer, & Rennie, 1999). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With assistance of the Policy Process Model, the findings revel the evolving mechanisms of international school policies in the global South in response to changing economic, social, and political contexts. The comparison and analysis of policy documents and multimedia materials from different global south government reveals various patterns of strategic positioning, driven by aspirations for international competitiveness and economic growth. The growth of the middle class and its increasing access to international education underscore the transformative role of international schools in shaping both domestic and global policies and institutions. Furthermore, the study highlights the complex interplay between international school policies, marketization pressures, and challenges related to citizenship, inequality, and national identity. Policies promoting international education often intersect with broader economic development strategies, reflecting the tension between citizenship concerns and competitiveness imperatives. The democratic deficit observed in the implementation of international school policies raises critical questions about inclusivity and public participation in education governance. Overall, the findings underscore the importance of international school policies as key instruments for managing participation in the global education market. By allowing local students access to international schools, governments in the global South seek to leverage education as a strategic tool for talent development and economic growth. However, these policies also raise concerns about equity, social cohesion, and national identity, highlighting the need for careful policy design and implementation. The research contributes to a deeper understanding of the multifaceted dynamics of international school policies in the global South, offering insights into their historical evolution, policy trajectories, and societal implications. By elucidating the complex interplay between economic globalization, education policies, and national development strategies, the study provides a valuable foundation for future research and policy discussions in this area. References Ball, S. (1994). Education reform. McGraw-Hill Education (UK). Ball, S. J. (2012). Global education inc.—New policy networks and the neo-liberal imaginary. Oxon: Routledge. Belfield, C. R., & Levin, H. M. (Eds.). (2007). The price we pay: Economic and social consequences of inadequate education. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Brown, E. (2000). Socrates the cosmopolitan. Stanford Agora (1): 74–87. Cerny, Philip G. 1997. “Paradoxes of the Competition State: The Dynamics of Political Globalization.” Government and Opposition 32 (2): 251–274. Elliott, R., Fischer, C. T., & Rennie, D. L. (1999). Evolving guidelines for publication of qualitative research studies in psychology and related fields. British journal of clinical psychology, 38(3), 215-229. Hansen, D. T. (Ed.). (2012). John Dewey and our educational prospect: A critical engagement with Dewey's democracy and education. State University of New York Press. Held, D., and A. McGrew. 2007. Globalisation Theory. Cambridge: Polity Press. Huberman, A. (2014). Qualitative data analysis a methods sourcebook. Komljenovic, Janja, and Susan Lee Robertson. 2017. “Making Global Education Markets and Trade.” Globalisation, Societies and Education 15 (3): 289–295. McLaughlin, M. W. (1987). Learning from experience: Lessons from policy implementation. Educational evaluation and policy analysis, 9(2), 171-178. Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International journal of qualitative methods, 16(1), 1609406917733847. Sabatier, P. (2000). Theories of the policy process. Sabatier, P. A., & Jenkins-Smith, H. C. (1993). Policy change and learning: An advocacy coalition approach. Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. The coding manual for qualitative researchers, 1-440. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Anticipatory Governance of Global Agendas in Education 1King's College London, United Kingdom; 2University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 3University of Bristol, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper explores the rise of anticipatory governance by international organizations (IOs) and global technology corporations through the deployment of global agendas to govern education futures (Berten & Kranke, 2022; Miller, 2018; Poli, 2018). In recent years, international organizations have taken up the role of ‘guardians of the future’ through their work on education visions (Robertson, 2022). Simultaneously, the Covid-19 crisis not just accelerated global technology corporations to embed educational technology (EdTech) in the classroom but also to bypass national laws and security concerns (Williamson & Hogan, 2020). Thus, taken together, education visions and EdTech are global agendas that play an influential role in contemporary education policies and practice, particularly in the governing of futures in education. Global agendas are a broad term, and I follow the definition of Elfert and Ydesen (2023) that global agendas act “as a key instrument of the global governance of education and are global targets that aim at uniting all relevant actors – national governments, IOs, non-governmental organizations, and other non-state actors behind a supposedly universal agenda of critical significance” (p. 200). Therefore, in such scenario, global agendas in education can include agenda-setting initiatives such as Education for All (EFA), international large-scale assessments, Sustainable Development Goals 4 (Bandola-Gill et al., 2022), accountability mechanisms and other relevant agendas that function through the ‘politics of convergence’ (Elfert & Ydesen, 2023, p. 103). In a time of uncertainty, IOs as well as technology corporations have resorted to imbue anticipatory mechanisms within their global agendas to exert their authority and gain dominance in the complex architecture of the global education landscape. In the spirit of the conference theme, this paper will investigate Google For Education (an EdTech service from global technology giant – Google) and the Program for International Student Assessment (PISA), an international large scale assessment launched by the Organization of the Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) to understand how anticipation methods and tools are utilized in order to steer education futures. Therefore, this paper seeks to understand how anticipatory governance in global agendas in education attempt to influence contemporary education policies and practice (Flyverbom & Garsten, 2022). In order to understand this, I employ a combination of qualitative content analysis and technography, to capture the anticipatory practices imbued in both Google For Education (Solomon, 2023) and PISA. I also deploy the key concepts of ‘sustainable futures’ and ‘techno-solutionism’ as conceptual frameworks to further tease out how PISA and Google For Education leverage on these two key concepts to steer education policies and practices. Initial findings suggest that the anticipatory practices in both Google For Education and PISA have considerable influence in the reorganization of education policies and practices (Gulson et al., 2021). For example, Google For Education relies on micro-credentialing professional development courses rooted in the discourse ‘preparing teachers for the future of learning’ to perpetually expand itself within teacher organisations. As for PISA, the ranking of nation-states in a vertical table creates anticipation for future rankings. Therefore, this research concludes that anticipatory governance in global agendas is on the rise as international organizations and global technology corporations seek for authority in the global education space. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper uses an innovative conceptual framework of two key conceptual vocabulary in a time anticipatory governance - sustainable futures and techno-solutionism. Sustainable futures are associated with the humanistic-emancipatory agenda and techno-solutionism is related to the ‘economics of education’ movement and represents the unwavering belief that technology will save us all. Based on these key words, I construct a conceptual framework that attempts to capture how global agendas leverage on these two key concepts through anticipation processes. In terms of method, I will apply “technography”, which can be described as a “descriptive social science of technology that examines human and machine/ tool interaction” (Jansen & Vellema, 2011). Simultaneously, “technography” also involves a close analysis of technical documentation and secondary sources (Perotta et al., 2021). Drawing on a close analysis of technical documentation, relevant media articles, and official guidelines from technology corporations, I will make the case for Google For Education. In terms of exploring anticipatory governance in PISA, I deploy a qualitative content analysis which involves a documentary analysis of PISA publications. This also involves concept notes, trend reports, extended reports and videos. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings suggest that the anticipatory practices in both Google For Education and PISA have considerable influence in the reorganization of education policies and practices (Gulson et al., 2021). For example, Google For Education relies on micro-credentialing professional development courses rooted in the discourse ‘preparing teachers for the future of learning’ to perpetually expand itself within teacher organisations. As for PISA, the ranking of nation-states in a vertical table creates anticipation for future rankings. Therefore, this research concludes that anticipatory governance in global agendas is on the rise as international organizations and global technology corporations seek for authority in the global education space. References Bandola-Gill, J., Grek, S., & Tichenor, M. (2022). Governing the sustainable development goals: Quantification in Global Public Policy (p. 165). Springer Nature. Berten, J., & Kranke, M. (2022). Anticipatory global governance: International Organisations and the politics of the future. Global Society, 36(2), 155-169. Elfert, M., & Ydesen, C. (2023). Global governance of education: The historical and contemporary entanglements of UNESCO, the OECD and the World Bank (Vol. 24). Springer Nature. Flyverbom, M., & Garsten, C. (2021). Anticipation and organization: Seeing, knowing and governing futures. Organization Theory, 2(3), 26317877211020325. Gulson, K., Perrotta, C., Williamson, B. & Witzenberger, K. (2021). Should We be Worried about Google Classroom? The Pedagogy of Platforms in Education. Journal of Professional Learning. Retrieved from https://cpl.asn.au/journal/semester-2-2021/should-we-be-worried-about-google-classroom-the-pedagogy-of-platforms-in Miller, R. (2018). Transforming the future: Anticipation in the 21st century (p. 300). Taylor & Francis. Morris, J., Couture, J. C., & Phelan, A. M. (2023). Riding Fences: Anticipatory Governance, Curriculum Policy, and Teacher Subjectivity. Canadian Journal of Education, 46(3), 517-544. OECD. (n.d.). Technology governance. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/sti/science-technology-innovation-outlook/technology-governance/ Perrotta, C., Gulson, K. N., Williamson, B., & Witzenberger, K. (2021). Automation, APIs and the distributed labour of platform pedagogies in Google Classroom. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 97-113. Poli, R. (2017). Introduction to anticipation studies (Vol. 1). Springer. Robertson, S. L. (2022). Guardians of the future: International organisations, anticipatory governance and education. Global Society, 36(2), 188-205. Solomon, J. (2023, March 23). New tools for more collaborative, personal and accessible learning. Google Blog. Retrieved from https://blog.google/outreach-initiatives/education/bett-2023-google-for-education-updates-/ Williamson, B., & Hogan, A. (2020). Commercialisation and privatisation in/of education in the context of Covid-19. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 D: Participation in Education Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Eleni Damianidou Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Agonistic Democracy and Student Participation in Daily School Decision-Making Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:In today's world, pervasive alienation and detachment from democratic processes underscore the urgency of addressing political challenges, particularly the rise of populist rhetoric (Ruitenberg, 2009; Tryggvason, 2018). The potential decline in civic engagement and trust in democracy among students is linked to their limited exposure to lived democracy, often absent in decision-making processes at school; for instance, over 70% of Lithuanian students don’t believe that their voice can make a difference in decision-making (NVO Švietimo tinklas, 2017). This disillusionment often leads students to relinquish decision-making to authorities and detachment from institutions. Despite the endorsement of children's participation by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, translating this ideal into practice poses challenges. Despite the school's routine featuring non-formal civic education situations related to conflicts, student voices, and school governance, negative attitudes persist (Lo, 2017). Mere adoption of a democratic formal system is insufficient; authentic democratic institutions flourish when rooted in a democratic culture with values, attitudes, and practices (Council of Europe, 2016). Consistently upholding these values within the school community is vital for fortifying democracy, embracing pluralism, and transcending mere imitation (Thornberg; 2009). This significantly shapes how students develop democratic competence, particularly as the younger generation, disillusioned with traditional political processes, seeks alternative ways to engage in and reshape democracy (Thomas & Percy-Smith, 2023). Their evolving approach to school participation may align with agonistic democracy, as proposed by Chantal Mouffe. Arising as a reaction to global polarization and in contrast to deliberative democracy, agonistic democracy sees conflict not as a hazard but as a driving force for democracy (Mouffe, 2000, 2013). Shifting attitudes toward conflict and viewing them as opportunities for educating democratic citizenship in schools could bring transformative changes in student participation and learning processes (Lo, 2017; Ruitenberg, 2009). Understanding how students learn about democracy and develop attitudes toward democratic values in today's world requires exploring pupil participation from an agonistic perspective, with an emphasis on the positive role of conflict to foster a dynamic and participatory school environment. Within the historical context of Lithuania, where democratic citizenship education emerged three decades ago following the restoration of independence, marking a departure from almost half a century of totalitarian rule, there exists a noticeable gap in the study of student participation in daily school life. Consequently, this research aims to address this gap by evaluating students' current participation in daily school life and, through participatory action research, identifying and exploring ways to instigate change, potentially by implementing approaches rooted in agonistic democracy. Research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Ethnographic research strategy and Participatory Action Research (PAR) are considered to be chosen for this project. The first one, ethnography, is commonly employed to illuminate cultural groups and their shared patterns in behavior, beliefs, and language, as well as dynamics like power, resistance, and dominance (Creswell, 2007). For this study, ethnography is selected to offer a detailed, in-depth description of students' daily lives and activities, focusing on their involvement in decision-making processes within the school, their natural environment. Conducting ethnography requires the researcher to fully immerse in the daily lives of the people to establish trust, aiming to transition from an outsider to an insider and deeply comprehend the community's perspectives and practices. Consequently, the data gathering period for this research, focusing on pupils aged 11-15 from two schools, will span a minimum of 5 months. This age group was chosen given the fact that at the secondary school, the aim is to provide students with a foundation in civic education, but it is mostly young people (i.e., 14 years and above) or 8th graders who are studied. In ethnographic research, diverse methods are utilized for data collection. In this instance, triangulation is pursued through participant observation, interviews, and the incorporation of photovoice. This approach seeks to engage teenagers in a dialogue about their school participation, offering them an alternative means to express their voices. Information will be documented through field notes, interviews, and observational protocols, with coding and thematic analysis applied for data interpretation. While ethnographic research initially integrates participatory approaches, aiming to move beyond mere description to enact change, it will be followed by Participatory Action Research (PAR). PAR, a transformative methodology, actively engages educators, students, and stakeholders collaboratively, transcending traditional research paradigms and seeks democratization of the research process itself (Udvarhelyi, 2020). This approach seamlessly aligns with the research's objectives. Through iterative cycles of planning, action, reflection, and adjustment, PAR cultivates a dynamic learning environment, effectively addressing intricate educational challenges like student participation and democratic learning experiences. By integrating varied voices (in this case, emphasis on the students’ voices) and fostering a sense of ownership, PAR ensures research outcomes are pertinent, practical, and genuinely reflective of the actual needs within the educational community. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The landscape of student participation in daily school life in Lithuania has been largely overlooked, as civic engagement assessments predominantly focus on broader societal aspects like involvement in elections and public organizations rather than within the school community. Despite the integration of democratic education principles in elementary and secondary schools, existing research on civic engagement primarily centers around older adolescents (14 years old and above). Furthermore, the significance of this study transcends the boundaries of education to encompass wider societal challenges, including global issues like climate change, migration, technological crises, and ongoing wars that pose significant threats to democratic principles. Beyond merely providing a profound understanding of the state of democratic education in Lithuania, this research aims to offer valuable recommendations for decision-makers and practitioners. Moreover, the exploration of agonistic democracy in education worldwide has predominantly taken a theoretical rather than empirical approach (Sant, 2019; Sant et al., 2021). This study seeks to fill this gap by providing empirical insights, underscoring the potential global relevance of its findings. Through a nuanced examination of student participation and the potential application of agonistic democracy through PAR, the research aspires not only to enrich the understanding of democratic education in Lithuania but also to contribute actionable insights for fostering democratic principles in educational systems globally. References Council of Europe (2016). Competences for Democratic Culture: Living Together as Equals in Culturally Diverse Democratic Societies. Strasbourg: Council of Europe Creswell, J. W. (2007). Inquiry and Research Design. Choosing among five approaches (2nd ed.). Sage publications. NVO švietimo tinklas (2017). Pilietiškumo studija. Lo, J. C. (2017). Empowering Young People through Conflict and Conciliation: Attending to the Political and Agonism in Democratic Education. 25. Mouffe, C. (2000). The Democratic Paradox. Verso. Mouffe, C. (2013). Agonistics: Thinking The World Politically (1st edition). Verso. https://monoskop.org/images/3/31/Mouffe_Chantal_Agonistics_Thinking_the_World_Politically_2013.pdf Ruitenberg, C. W. (2009). Educating Political Adversaries: Chantal Mouffe and Radical Democratic Citizenship Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 28(3), 269–281. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-008-9122-2 Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655–696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493 Sant, E., McDonnell, J., Pashby, K., & Menendez Alvarez-Hevia, D. (2021). Pedagogies of agonistic democracy and citizenship education. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 16(3), 227–244. https://doi.org/10.1177/1746197920962373 Thomas, N. P., & Percy-Smith, B. (2023). Introduction: The shifting landscape of children and young people’s participation: looking forward, looking back. In A Handbook of Children and Young People’s Participation (2nd ed.). Routledge. Thornberg, R. (2009). School democratic meetings: pupil control discourse in disguise. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26, 924-932 Tryggvason, Á. (2018). Democratic Education and Agonism: Exploring the Critique from Deliberative Theory. Democracy & Education, 26(1), 1–9. Udvarhelyi, É. T. (2020). Participatory action research as political education. Action Learning: Research and Practice, 17(1), 24–33. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767333.2020.1712839 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Intercultural Learning as Socialisation into the Discourse of Difference PH Schwäbisch Gmünd, Germany Presenting Author:The presented study is based on the observation of the implementation of an intercultural project offered in secondary schools in Germany. Intercultural competence has been deemed as one of the possibilities to tackle the forces that broaden the gap between migrated and established members of society in a time of political and societal uncertainty all over Europe.The primary argument of the paper is however, that the intercultural education currently offered in schools is not an exercise in reducing individual stereotypes in order to strengthen societal unity; rather, it involves the active engagement with, utilization of, and reflection on social situations from the perspective of the societal diversity discourse which carries the danger of strengthening mechanisms of exclusion by reproducing not only differentiating categories but the idea of dividing difference which is embedded in a social imaginary no longer attuned to societal reality (Schmidt/Wächter 2023). Though the study is working with a program designed for a national context, conclusions for the improvement of intercultural education in a European context will be drawn. The research was triggered when it became clear that teachers and instructors of the program reinterpreted situations of conflict brought up by students during discussions by applying the predominant categories of differentiation such as “migrational background” or “nationality” even when these categories were not initially invoked by the participants. This divide between the participants' narrated experiences and the interpretations by instructors and teachers suggests that the courses can be viewed as reinforcing the existing discourse and socializing students into it. The central argument of this paper is that intercultural education in schools, at times, falls short of its stated objectives. Instead of achieving a deeper understanding as theorized by Bredendiek (2015) and Deardoff (2009), it often serves as an initiation of learners into the discoursive system that perpetuates societal differentiation. More specifically, the program engages in the addressing and discussion of categories commonly employed in public discourse to interpret social problems, thus training participants to argue along those lines. Consequently, participants become socialized into the discourse and the associated narratives, as well as the societal roles imposed upon them through the lense of social identities. Throughout the program, participants attended three distinct sessions, wherein group dynamic exercises and discussions aimed to enhance understanding and acceptance among students of diverse backgrounds and identities. Despite the program's claim to be grounded in current research on intersectionality and the constructed nature of societal categories, it adhered to traditional methods and beliefs of intercultural education which are widely criticized by Mecheril/Rangger (2022) and Gogolin/Krüger-Potratz (2020). They characterize current intercultural education as it is performed in schools as accepting a seemingly ontological differentiation between "us and them," focusing solely on acceptance rather than understanding or deconstruction of differences. Despite its claimed departure from problematic traditions and Eurocentrism, the program seemingly faces the same pitfalls as similar predecessors. The observations reveal that participants, enrolled due to conflicts within the group as perceived by the teachers, seldom attributed the conflicts to the categories discussed by the program. Instead, it was the explicit discussion of categories such as nationality or culture that incorporated them into the participants' argumentative patterns. Often, it was the teachers or instructors who actively reinterpreted participants' discussions through the lense of discursive categories such as "culture" or "belonging." Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data the study is based on was gathered through participatory observation of projects in eleven different secondary schools over three school terms. Three workshops each were observed. The schools were chosen in a way to cover a wide range of school forms and social contexts such as faith based, private and public schools, rural and urban areas. Following the grounded theory approach (Bryant/Charmaz 2019), categories of observation were formed from within the field and discussed by a panel of observants. A critical discourse analysis (Jäger 2015) was performed on the texts that were produced during the observations. The protocols of observation were enriched using audio tapes of the dialogues within the classroom which were transcribed verbatim at crucial points within the workshop. The categorization of the data was peer reviewed among the observants and colleagues who had not been in the situation. The analysis was done using MaxQDA. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper argues that the discourse of diversity or difference is pervasive in the observed schools and intertwined with the institutional setting (Emmerich/Moser 2020; Emmerich/Hormel 2013; Gomolla/Radtke 2009). While the discourse asserts the insignificance of categories, it paradoxically reinforces their use and transforms the handling of diversity into a moral metagood (Nieswand 2021). This mechanism stops intercultural education from adapting to theoretical developments and transforms schools into spaces that perpetuate established discourses. The paper will try to address some suggestions how trainings of this kind can be approved by changing the construction of identity to a Social Identity Approach (Hornsey 2008) in order to harvest their potential for improving societal unity and fighting discrimination within schools. A European perspective is thereby important as one solution suggested is the promotion of a European outlook on diversity rather than a more national one. References Bredendiek, M. (2015). Menschliche Diversität und Fremdverstehen. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien. Bryant, A.; Charmaz, K. (2019). The SAGE handbook of current developments in grounded theory. Los Angeles: Sage. Deardorff, D. K. (2009). The Sage handbook of intercultural competence. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage. Emmerich, M., Hormel, U. (2013). Semantik und Diskurs: Soziale Unterscheidungen zwischen Systemreferenz und Klassifikation. In: Heterogenität - Diversity - Intersektionalität. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. Gogolin, I.; Krüger-Potratz, M. (2020): Einführung in die Interkulturelle Pädagogik. Geschichte, Theorie und Diskurse, Forschung und Studium. 3. Ed. Opladen, Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Gomolla, M.; Radtke, F. (2009). Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Die Herstellung ethnischer Differenz in der Schule. 3. Ed. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Jäger, S. (2015). Kritische Diskursanalyse. Eine Einführung. 7.Ed. Münster: Unrast. Hornsey, Matthew J. (2008). Social Identity Theory and Self-categorization Theory: A Historical Review. In: Social and Personality Psychology Compass 2 (1), p. 204–222. Mecheril, P.; Rangger, M. (2022). Handeln in Organisationen der Migrationsgesellschaft. Differenz- und machttheoretische Reflexionen einer praxisorientierten Fortbildungsreihe. Wiesbaden, Heidelberg: Springer VS. Nieswand, Boris: Die Diversität der Diversitätsdiskussion. In: Handbuch Migrationssoziologie, p. 1–26. Schmidt, C.; Wächter, N. (2023). Die Moralisierung der Diversität im baden-württembergischen Bildungsplan. In: heiEDUCATION Journal. Transdisziplinäre Studien zur Lehrerbildung: Werte – Bildung – Neutralität, p. 55-79. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Participating in a Meaningful Setting? - A Performative Approach to Explore the Everyday School Life of Pupils with a Refugee Experience Humboldt University of Be, Germany Presenting Author:In her book 'Belonging: a culture of space', bel hooks writes 'living away from my native place I become more consciously Kentuckian than I was when I lived at home' (hooks 2009/2019, p. 13). This quote shows the significance of places in relation to one's own feelings of belonging. This is exactly where my doctoral project comes in, in which I ask how students with a refugee background experience everyday life in secondary schools in Berlin (Germany). Based on a relational understanding of space, I differentiate between place and space (Löw 2001/2019). The focus on space in this case becomes interesting when we understand space as a product of physical, mental and social elements where the physical cannot be seen in isolation from the social and relational (Lefebvre). Space therefore can be described as a combination of what is physically present and what is imagined (Soja). The relation between school and out-of-school spaces will be explored, as will the self-positioning of the students within everyday life at school - beyond the classroom. In this context, moments of agency and well-being that arise in the students' everyday life are of particular research interest. Focusing on a young refugees' perspective can be understood as a form of 'strategic essentialism' (Spivak 1981), that serves to contribute to a systematic thematization of migration, which is still a young phenomenon in the academic landscape. At the same time it is intended to counteract the dominant discourse in which the connection between education and migration is discussed primarily in the context of successful integration (into the existing system) (Mecheril 2013). In this paper I want to put a special focus on methodological topics around participatory and creative research with students with a refugee background in schools: Which personas do play a key role?, In which way is the research influenced by the structures of the school itself?, and one of the most important questions, how can the participants be recruited in a participatory manner? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The work is orientated towards a performative research logic and draws on creative, artistic and embodied inquiries. In this case, creating a research environment where the well-being of the students is ethically the main priority, playful and experimental elements are significant. During a workshop at a school, it has already been established that the students are very interested in photography. Photography should therefore be used – as part of the Photo Voice method – to explore their own living environment in everyday life. The research perspective is guided by a) a praxeological perspective through which school orders and aspects of materiality can be analysed, as well as b) phenomenological approaches to the students' experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the discourse of a so-called critical migration pedagogy, the aim is to visualise the lived experiences and self-positionings of the students with a refugee background. Contradictory perspectives and counter-narratives can in this case subvert powerful structures. In the sense of a participatory and transformative research design, a rhizomatic logic is followed instead of linear knowledge production. The results should also be made visible to the public, therefore exhibitions inside and outside of the school are an integral part of the research process. Most importantly, students are not seen as objects of the research, but are given the opportunity to engage in an environment that is meaningful to them and, at best, empowering. References Beier, Frank (2019): Vom repräsentativen zum ästhetischen Regime – Für eine andere Empirie. In: Mayer, R./Schäfer, A./Wittig, S. (Ed.): Jaques Rancière. Pädagogische Lektüren. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 91-112. Buchner, Tobias und Köpfer, Andreas (2022): Mapping the field: spatial relations in research on inclusion and exclusion in education. In: International Journal of Inclusive Education. DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2022.2073058. Burles, Meridith and Thomas, Roanne (2014). “I Just Don’t Think There’s any other Image that Tells the Story like [This] Picture Does”: Researcher and Participant Reflections on the Use of Participant-Employed Photography in Social Research. In: International Journal of Qualitative Methods, p. 185–205. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940691401300107. Hillebrandt, Frank (2014): Praxistheorie und Schulkultur. In: Böhme, J./Hummrich, M./Kramer, R.-T. (Ed.): Schulkultur. Theoriebildung im Diskurs. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 429-444. Holm, Gunilla (2008). Photography as a Performance. Forum: Qualitative Social Research 9, 2. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-9.2.394. hooks, bell (2009/2019): Belonging: a culture of space. London: Taylor & Francis. Illich, Ivan (1995): Deschooling Society. London: Marion Boyars Publishers. Kara, Helen (2020): Creative Research Methods. A Practical Guide. Bristol: Policy Press. Kessel, Fabian (2016): Erziehungswissenschaftliche Forschung zu Raum und Räumlichkeit. Eine Verortung des Thementeils „Raum und Räumlichkeit in der erziehungswissenschaftlichen Forschung. In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 62 (2016) 1, p. 5-19. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Kogler, Michaela and Wintzer, Jeannine (2021): Raum und Bild – Strategien visueller raumbezogener Forschung. Berlin: Springer Spektrum. Lefebvre, Henri (2016/1968): Das Recht auf Stadt. Hamburg: Edition Nautilus. Leigh, Jennifer and Brown, Nicole (2021): Embodied Enquiry. Research Methods. London: Bloomsbury Academic. Löw, Martina (2001): Raumsoziologie. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. Mecheril, Paul (2013): Migrationsforschung als Kritik? Erkundung eines epistemischen Anliegens in 57 Schritten. In: Mecheril, Paul et al. (Ed.): Migrationsforschung als Kritik? Konturen einer Forschungsperspektive. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 7-58. Peez, Georg (2003): Fotoanalysen im Rahmen kunstpädagogischer qualitativer Forschung. In: Ehrenspeck, Y./Schäffer, B. (Ed.): Film- und Fotoanalyse in der Erziehungswissenschaft. Eine Einführung. Opladen: Leske+Budrich, p. 289-306. Ploder, Andrea (2013): Widerstände sichtbar machen. Zum Potenzial einer performativen Methodologie für kritische Migrationsforschung. In: Mecheril, Paul et al. (Ed.): Migrationsforschung als Kritik? Konturen einer Forschungsperspektive. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 141-156. Ruby, Jay (1991): Sharing the Power. Perspektief Magazine No 41. Sontag, Susan (1977/2010): On photography. München: Penguin. Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty (2007): Can the Subaltern Speak? Postkolonialität und subalterne Artikulation. Wien: Turia + Kant. Strom, Kathrin J./ Martin, Adrian D. (2017): Becoming-Teacher. A Rhizomatic Look at First-Year Teaching. Rotterdam/Boston/Taipei: Sense Publishers. von Unger, Hella (2014): Partizipative Forschung. Einführung in die Forschungspraxis. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 01 SES 01 B: Mentoring Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sally Windsor Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Power of Students on Practice Placements: Discursively Uncovering Power Dynamics in Mentoring Dyads 1KU Leuven, Kulak, Belgium; 2Maastricht University, the Netherlands Presenting Author:Mentoring practice is a widely established practice in preparing students for professional practice in various professions (Peiser et al., 2018). This is translated into extended placements in the field setting with formal mentorship opportunities; providing the integration of theory and practice (Orland-Barak, 2010). Mentoring practice typically has set roles: the mentor as the experienced expert whose role is to support the student’s development, and the student as inexperienced professional who needs to build her/his professional and personal skills (Kram, 1985). Mentoring practice is therefore inherently hierarchical, with the mentor as powerful and the student as less powerful. In uncertain times with changing roles, the roles of mentor and student, respectively, are also at a tipping point. It is true that the mentor exercises power, but, what is often overlooked is that the student also can exercise power: that in and by his/her speaking and acting s/he also directs the conversation and thereby influences the learning. In line with recent work (e.g., Ben-Harush & Orland-Barak, 2018; Mullen & Klimaitis, 2021) that urges to redefine mentoring, focusing on a more dynamic relationship and bidirectional learning; the purpose of this study is to uncover if and how students can (also) be powerful in mentoring practices and influence the focus of their learning. To explore this, power was discursively conceptualized. This means that power is viewed as the effect of how actors interact with each other (Martín Rojo, 2001). Actors do power, resulting in a continuous flux of power in interactions (Hayward, 1998). Power is thus not conceptualized as something that an individual possesses (or lacks), but rather as something that is performed relationally. It is about 'power to' rather than 'power over' someone (Hayward, 1998). Such a discursive approach to power is operationalized further using a combination of positioning theory (PT) (van Langenhove & Harré, 1999) and frame analysis (FA) (Dumay, 2014). Central to PT is the idea that actors continuously position themselves and others in interaction (van Langenhove & Harré, 1999). ‘Positioning’ entails a continuous dynamic, relational process wherein the actors assign specific rights and duties to themselves and others (van Langenhove & Harré, 1999). These positionings are then interpreted from the frame on which they are looking at the placement. Frames are defined as cognitive structures that actors bring to a situation but always evolve and develop in interaction with others (Dumay, 2014). Actors’ frames are linked to their prior experiences, informed by their beliefs and expectations for (mentoring) practice, and help them to explain and make sense of the situation they find themselves in. FA provides the tools to see how frames over time emerge, gain meaning, adapt, merge or clash. As such, the combination of PT and FA results in a better understanding of the flow of power dynamics. This resulted in following research question: (How) Do students exercise power based on the confluence of positionings and frames, and how does this influence the focus of their learning? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirically, the study draws on extensive observation of two mentoring dyads (mentor-student) in medical education during their six-week placement period. These students were in their third and final year of their master’s prgramme in medical education, doing their final elective placement in general practice before specializing. The context of mentoring in medical education in many ways mirrors the ‘standard’ practice emerging from the literature: an experienced professional with several years of experience as a doctor, supervising a junior colleague on placement. Central to the research design were weekly non-participant observations of workplace practice (Jerolmack & Khan, 2014). We observed interactions during workplace practice (i.e., a mentor interrupting a mentee or inquiring his/her mentee’s decision-making process while s/he is performing) as well as their interactions away from or about workplace practice (i.e., feedback and evaluation meetings). Repeated observations afforded insight in the development of mentoring relations over time, as well as shifts in the nature and focus of the mentoring activities and conversations (cfr. positionings). The observations were supported through extensive field note writing, used to document (non-)verbal language use and important contextual information (Montgomery & Bailey, 2007). Periodic, focused ethnographic interviews with both mentors and students focused on building a better understanding of their developing expectations and goals for mentoring practice (cfr. frames) and communicatively validating preliminary insights and reflections from the analysis (Reeves et al., 2013). Participants were further invited to make sense of their experiences by asking them to document critical incidents that occurred in the absence of the researcher in an audio diary shared before each interview (see e.g., Wijbenga et al., 2021). For the analysis, field notes, interviews and audio diaries were first thoroughly read through and memos on initial interpretations and power dynamics (positionings; frames) were written (Miles et al., 2014). A detailed analysis of the positionings (field notes) followed later in the analysis by identifying micro-identities as positionings (Kayı-Aydar, 2019). These specific positionings were then clustered and deepened in dialogue with the larger dataset over time. The interviews were inductively coded to identify expectations and goals of the individual actors, resulting in identified frames. These frames were subsequently re-ordered and interpreted over time. The final step in the analysis specifically related the identified positionings and frames to the focus of learning, starting from the interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the first dyad, the student was allowed to do consultations largely independently from the beginning, with the mentor insisting on discussing the diagnosis and treatment each time. This allowed the student to practice indepentenly while the mentor maintained control over what happens to “his patients” (frame). However, in order to gain self-confidence, the student experessed the wish to complete consultations completely independent (frame). At some stage in the placement, the student starts enacting this frame by not calling up on the mentor for confirming the diagnosis and treatment. Increasingly, the student positions the mentor as a supporter (or supplement) rather than a supervisor: she decides when to call on the mentor for help. Learning eventually focuses more on personal (self-confidence) rather than academic development (perfecting her content knowledge), consistent with the student's frame. In the second dyad, the student indicates from the beginning the importance of getting along with the mentor in order to achieve good results (frame), positioning the mentor as a friend. During placement, the student increasingly initates informal conversations, replacing more case-driven or substantive conversations. As a result, feedback and information on the student’s performance diminishes over the course the placement; in line with the student’s framing of the placement as about good grades and enjoyment rather than learning. These cases show that students can effectively exercise power in the mentoring dyad, directing their learning. This highligths that the interplay between the mentor and student within the specific time-spatial context determines how mentoring practice takes shape and thus what is learned, more than the capacities of the individuals involved. These results imply that, beyond existing research in which power is a fixed characteristic, the roles of mentors and students should be viewed critically and dynamically. References Ben-Harush, A., & Orland-Barak, L. (2019). Triadic mentoring in early childhood teacher education: The role of relational agency. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 8(3), 182-196. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-10-2018-0055 Dumay, X. (2014). How do teachers coordinate their work? A framing approach. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 27, 88-91. http://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2012.737045 Hayward, C. R. (1998). De-facing power. Polity, 31(1), 1-22. Jerolmack, C., & Khan, S. (2014). Talk is cheap: Ethnography and the attitudinal fallacy. Sociological Methods & Research, 43(2), 178-209. https://doi.org/10.1177/0049124114523396 Kayı-Aydar, H. (2019). Classroom discourse for positioning research. In: Positioning Theory in Applied Linguistics. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-97337-1_5 Kram, K. (1985). Mentoring at work: Developmental relationships in organizational life. Scott Foresman. Martín Rojo, L. (2001). New developments in discourse analysis: Discourse as social practice. Folia Linguistica, 35(1-2), 41-78. https://doi.org/10.1515/flin.2001.35.1-2.41 Miles, M. B., & Huberman, M. A. (1994). Qualitative analysis: An expanded sourcebook (2nd ed.). Sage. Montgomery, P., & Bailey, P. H. (2007). Field notes and theoretical memos in grounded theory. Western Journal of Nursing Research, 29(1), 65-79. https://doi.org/10.1177/0193945906292557 Mullen, C. A., & Klimaitis, C. C. (2021). Defining mentoring: A literature review of issues, types, and applications. New York Academy of Sciences, 1483, 19-35. https://doi.org/10.1111/nyas.14176 Orland-Barak, L. (2010). Learning to Mentor-as-Praxis: Toward a conceptual framework. Learning to Mentor-as-Praxis, 23-30. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-0582-6 Peiser, G., Ambrose, J., Burke, B., & Davenport, J. (2018). The role of the mentor in professional knowledge development across four professions. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 7(1), 2-18. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-07-2017-0052 Reeves, S., Peller, J., Goldman, J., & Kitto, S. (2013). Ethnography in qualitative educational research: AMEE Guide No. 80. Medical Teacher, 35(8), e1365-e1379. https://doi.org/10.3109/0142159X.2013.804977 van Langenhove, L., & Harré, R. (1999). Introducing positioning theory. In R. Harré & L. van Langenhove (Eds.), Positioning theory: Moral contexts of intentional action (pp. 14-31). Blackwell Publishers. Wijbenga, M. H., Teunissen, P. W., Ramaekers, S. P. J., Driessen, E. W., & Duvivier, R. J. (2021). Initiation of student participation in practice: An audio diary study of international clinical placements. Medical Teacher, 43(10), 1179-1185. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142159X.2021.1921133 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Growing Through Mentoring – The Professional Development of Mentors in Sweden Gothenburg University, Sweden Presenting Author:The purpose of this research project, a three-year study funded by the Swedish Research Council (2022-2024), is to investigate how the mentoring of student teachers can contribute to the professional development of the mentor teachers themselves. Professional development in this study refers to teachers´ perceived experiences of growth in professional knowledge, skills and dispositions in connection to the mentorship activities they carry out with student teachers. We conducted a large-scale survey study, through a questionnaire design based on the previous literature on mentoring, explorative interviews with mentors, and the thematic areas proposed in Activity Theory (Engeström, 1999). The participants include a nationwide sample of teachers who mentor student teachers enrolled in teacher education programs at the primary school level (Grades 4-6) in Sweden. Through the analysis of the data, we have built a model that demonstrates how mentoring activities and mentor teachers´ characteristics can be potential predictors of their professional development. We conducted a number of analyses of the survey data:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The preliminary phase of this study involved two parts: a) an extensive review of the mentoring literature with a focus on the mentoring of pre-service teachers, and b) exploratory interviews with 6 teachers who were either currently mentoring student teachers or have done so within the six months that preceded data collection. The findings from the interview phase, together with a review of the mentoring in education literature, and the thematic areas posited in Activity Theory (Engström, 1999) guided the construction of the (pilot and final) questionnaire. The questionnaire was designed to identify the relations between concepts related to the mentoring context, activities, processes, and the possible professional knowledge developed as an outcome. A valid and reliable measurement of the key concepts primarily depends on development of a conceptual framework that has both content and construct validity, and so we used the conceptual elements of Engeström´s (1999) Activity theory, (i.e., tools, rules, contexts/conditions, community and division of labour), to represent the central components of mentoring. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings The presentation will share the overall findings of the project which are related to: mentoring self efficacy, mentor knowledge and attributes, mentor training, professional development, reasons for starting to mentor student teachers, challenges mentors face, and various background factors (eg. gender, school type, location, no of mentees, hours of mentoring) References Andreasen, J., Bjørndal, C., & Kovač, V. (2019). Being a teacher and teacher educator: The antecedents of teacher educator identity among mentor teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 85, 281-291. Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. Freeman, NY. Engeström, Y. (1999). Activity theory and individual and social transformation. In Y. Engeström, R. Miettinen, & R. Punämaki (Eds.), Perspectives on activity theory. New York: Cambridge University Press. Lopez‐Real, F., & Kwan, T. (2005). Mentors' perceptions of their own professional development during mentoring, Journal of Education for Teaching, 31(1), 15-24. Maton, K., (2014). Knowledge and knowers. Towards a realist sociology of education. Routledge. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 01 SES 02 B: Mathematics & Literacy Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ireta Čekse Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper What Does a Teacher Team Learn About the Use of Effective Collaborative Problem Solving in Maths Using Proactive Action Research? 1University of Newcastle, Australia; 2Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:Collaborative Problem Solving (CPS) is an impactful pedagogy in maths classrooms but it is rarely used, particularly in the younger years of schooling in primary maths classrooms (Luckin et al., 2017). OECD reports and PISA testing (Program for International Student Assessment [PISA], 2015) have highlighted the importance of both collaboration and problem solving as crucial 21st century skills in diverse classrooms. Cooperative Learning (CL) is one type of pedagogy that helps to develop collaboration and by using CPS in classrooms, teachers can aim to develop their students’ social and cognitive skills. Cooperative learning is a pedagogy designed to ensure all students participate to meet a common goal and has five essential elements to ensure it is effective (Gillies, 2003; Gillies & Ashman, 1996; Johnson & Johnson, 1994). It enables students to develop the skills of collaboration and be a resource for each other’s learning, so provides the opportunity for students to collaborate in problem solving activities. Both collaborative and problem-solving skills are essential especially as teachers need to be “better at preparing students to live and work in a world in which most people will need to collaborate with people from different cultures, and appreciate a range of ideas and perspectives” (OECD, 2017, p.5). The paper explores the importance of supporting teachers’ learning and practice with CPS. Theories of learning (Piaget, 1959; Vygotsky, 1978) have shown clearly that children learn through collaboration (Williams & Sheridan, 2006). Cooperative Learning (CL) is a pedagogical approach that reflects the importance of a collaborative culture which allows students to develop both cognitive and social outcomes (Gillies, 2003; Johnson et al., 1990; Slavin, 1995). Teachers need to therefore plan activities that require their students to be engaged in dialogue, consider different perspectives, encourage tolerance and respect and develop interpersonal relationships. Problem solving activities also promote these skills and this research project examines the issues around Collaborative Problem Solving (CPS) as one type of collaborative activity in classrooms to develop these skills and competences as a best practice pedagogy in maths. The PISA 2015 framework defines CPS competency ‘as the capacity of an individual to effectively engage in a process whereby two or more agents attempt to solve a problem by sharing the understanding and effort required to come to a solution and pooling their knowledge, skills and efforts to reach that solution’ (Fiore et al., 2017, p.2). Collaborative problem solving (CPS) is composed of two main elements: collaborative, involving sharing or social aspects alongside knowledge or cognitive aspects. Thus, the primary distinction between individual problem solving and collaborative problem solving is the social component. This involves the use of communication, shared identification of the problem, negotiation and the management of relationships. CPS is different to from other forms of collaboration having a group goal that needs to be achieved with the solution requiring problem solving, needing team members to contribute to the solution, and evaluation required to see whether the group goal has been achieved. It is important to ensure that there are various roles as well as ensuring activities of the team members are interdependent so that a single person cannot solve the group goal alone. The collaborative activities therefore require communication, coordination, and cooperation. This paper examines how a small teacher team developed effective collaborative problem solving (CPS) lessons in their primary maths classrooms. It explores the following research question: How are teachers able to explore the use of effective CPS maths activities in a Professional Learning Network (PLN) and explore their students’ cooperative skills using a proactive action research approach? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants were a team of five primary school teachers who taught in a small primary school in a regional city in Australia. The team all taught in the same stage (age group) of students who were between 10 and 12 years old. All teachers were keen to explore CPS in Maths and see what kind of difference it could make to their students’ cooperative skills. As a teacher team, they also explored the benefits in being a part of a PLN. After a series of professional learning sessions with teachers that focussed on CPS maths implementation and resources teachers were asked to undertake one CPS lesson a week in their classroom. Proactive action research methodology was used (Schmuck, 2006) with the teachers learning about this approach in two sessions of two hours professional learning sessions that also covered: What is collaboration? What is CL? What is collaborative problem solving (CPS)? How can I use CPS in my maths classroom? How can I share my learning in a teacher team to develop my understandings of CPS? What do I notice about my students’ CL skills after implementing CPS in my classroom? It is important in a proactive action research process for teachers to consider how they can move their class forward as they try out this new pedagogy as well as determine how to support each other in the team. The participants were also connected through a closed Facebook group as a PLN to allow the researchers to see how the teacher team encouraged “knowledge sharing and creation as well as the development of new practices and the joint trial and refinement of these practices” (Poortman et al., 2022, p.96). Teacher reflections were also collected once a week from each teacher by email or through a shared Google Drive. The teacher team also came together for a final focus group interview to collect their final reflections on the project and also allowing analysis of how teachers collaborated in a PLN. They learned about teacher collaboration as their students learned about student collaboration. The researchers then examined the focus group transcript and teacher reflections using reflexive thematic analysis (TA) (Braun & Clarke, 2006). As highlighted by Byrne (2022), ‘The reflexive approach to TA highlights the researcher’s active role in knowledge production (Braun and Clarke 2019). Codes are understood to represent the researcher’s interpretations of patterns of meaning across the dataset’ (p.1393). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We explored the types of social skills required in CPS as reported by the teachers and how these were developed during the CPS maths activities as they explored their approaches to CPS teaching and learning in their action research cycles. Their reflective observations, as well interactions with other teachers in the team, allowed them to make sense of the pedagogy and consider how others understood the process of introducing CPS. Cycles continued throughout the process of experimentation with many teachers demonstrating their understanding of the need for development of explicit teaching of social skills. Some of them used specific techniques to teach these skills, which had been taught to them during the PD sessions. Skills and strategies they observed included turn taking, everyone doing their part / allowing everyone to contribute/ accountability/ delegating, sharing resources or workload as well as mention of active and equal participation. As the teacher team developed their skills in CPS in Maths they also utilised each other in a PLN experimenting with CPS in terms of grouping sizes and realising the need at times step back to allow for failure also encouraging their students to reflect and encourage perseverance in solving CPS tasks. They often shared resources, recommendations, experiences and strategies with each other on the Facebook page as well as verbalised how they would retry activities in different ways to see which ones worked better. The Facebook Group allowed them to see the activities as well as learn about them. Being a part of PLN helped them develop trust as they were involved in common structured activities together, as they implemented CPS in their classrooms. It also invigorated them as teachers and ensured that as a well-functioning PLN they were more likely to be reflective and willing to innovate (Stoll & Seashore Louis, 2007). References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Byrne, D. (2022). A worked example of Braun and Clarke’s approach to reflexive thematic analysis. Quality & Quantity, 56(3), 1391-1412. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-021-01182-y Fiore, S., Graesser, A., Greiff, S., Griffin, P., Gong, B., Kyllonen, P., Massey, C., O'Neil, H., Pellegrino, J., Rothman, R., Soulé, H., & von Davier, A. (2017). Collaborative Problem Solving: Considerations for the National Assessment of Educational Progress Collaborative Problem Solving: Considerations for the National Assessment of Educational Progress. Gillies, R. (2003). Structuring cooperative group work in classrooms. International Journal of Educational Research, 39(1-2), 35-49. Johnson, D., & Johnson, R. (1994). Learning Together and Alone: Cooperative, competitive and individualistic learning. Allyn and Bacon. Johnson, D., Johnson, R., & Holubec, E. (1990). Circles of learning: cooperation in the classroom. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. OECD. (2017). Collaborative problem Solving PISA in Focus (2017/78). OECD. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/collaborative-problem-solving_cdae6d2e-en Piaget, J. (1959). Language and thought of the child. Routledge & Kegan Paul. Poortman, C., Brown, C., & Schildkamp, K. (2022). Professional learning networks: a conceptual model and research opportunities. Educational Research, 64(1), 95-112. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2021.1985398 Program for International Student Assessment [PISA]. (2015). PISA 2015 Collaborative Problem Solving. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/innovation/collaborative-problem-solving/ Schmuck, R. (2006). Practical Action research for Change. Corwin. Slavin, R. (1995). The Cooperative Elementary School: Effects on Students' Achievement, Attitudes, and Social Relations. American Educational Research Journal, 32(1), 321-351. Stoll, L., & Seashore Louis, K. (2007). Professional learning communities: Divergence, depth and dilemmas. Open University Press. Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in Society: the development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Williams, P., & Sheridan, S. (2006). Collaboration as One Aspect of Quality: A perspective of collaboration and pedagogical quality in educational settings. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50(1), 83-93. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper What Categories Do facilitators with Varying Levels of Facilitation Expertise Apply When Noticing a Fictional PD Situation? Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Mathematics teacher education has long been the focus of educational research. Much attention has been paid to university studies and training in schools in the early years (e.g. TEDS-M, Döhrmann et al., 2012). In recent years, the continuing development of teachers already working in schools has also become increasingly important. Professional development (PD) courses are crucial for advancing mathematics education, enriching teachers’ skills, and overall enhancing mathematics instruction (Prediger et al., 2022). Facilitators play a pivotal role in this process, significantly influencing teacher learning (e.g., Borko et al., 2011). Notably, facilitator expertise, particularly their ability to engage in noticing during PD courses, is instrumental in supporting teachers’ effective learning. Following van Es and Sherin's (2002) framework, noticing includes recognizing the significance of a situation, establishing connections between interactions and broader teaching principles, and using contextual knowledge to reason about interactions. Facilitator expertise in PD settings, essential for navigating complex instructional scenarios, has been explored by Zaslavsky and Leikin (1999). However, recent research tends to overlook content-specific considerations while focusing mostly on generic aspects, relevant for different subjects (Prediger et al., 2022). To address this gap, our study focuses on content-related PD, examining facilitators' categories like pedagogical content knowledge on the PD level (PCK-PD) and general pedagogical knowledge on the PD level (GPK-PD). Particularly, we analyze how facilitators categorize a fictional PD situation. The concept of noticing for teachers (van Es & Sherin, 2002) is also transferable to facilitators and PD settings. This transferability can be seen when aligning this framework with the PID-model proposed by Kaiser et al. (2015), which highlights situation-specific skills such as the perception of events, interpretation of activities, and making of decisions. In a PD setting, similarly to in a classroom situation, perception, interpretation, and decision-making are central processes of a diagnostic competence and skilled navigation of facilitation and teaching (Hoth et al., 2016). In considering the expertise that facilitators bring to PD settings, frameworks for examining teachers’ expertise have been lifted to the facilitator level (Prediger et al., 2022). Specific to mathematics content-related facilitator expertise, Prediger et al. (2022) applied a content-related framework for teacher expertise (Prediger, 2019) to the facilitator level. The framework includes jobs as typical and complex situational demands that are connected to the facilitation of specific mathematics PD content. Furthermore, practices are seen as recurring patterns of facilitators’ utterances and actions for handling the jobs and are influenced by underlying categories, pedagogical tools, orientations, and situative goals. In regards to the knowledge that determines the facilitators’ categories or categorial perception and thinking that impacts the facilitators’ practices, this knowledge is connected to their pedagogical content knowledge for teachers’ professional development (PCK-PD). Such PCK-PD consists of the knowledge the facilitators have relative to teachers’ learning. More general pedagogical knowledge on the PD level (GPK-PD) refers to the knowledge facilitators have in relation to the management and instruction of PD courses such as related to motivational aspects (Prediger et al., 2022) In considering these underpinning aspects concerning noticing and facilitator expertise, we pursued the following research questions as a way of examining the expertise and needs of the facilitators in a mathematics PD and qualification program, and specifically, as a means of examining the PCK-PD and GPK-PD that facilitators demonstrate when noticing: 1) How do experienced facilitators engage in noticing of a fictional PD situation? 2) How do less experienced facilitators engage in noticing of a fictional PD situation? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample In total, 156 mathematics facilitators participated in the PD qualification program for facilitators that lasts the first year of a ten year program for the qualification and professional development of mathematics facilitators and teachers. Seventy-two of the facilitators had experience leading 10 or more mathematics PD courses, while 84 of the facilitators had facilitated fewer than 10 PD courses. Instrument The facilitators were provided with a situated instrument, containing a fictional dialogue of three mathematics teachers in a PD who discuss the use of a learning application (app) as a means of supporting student learning. The teachers in the fictional dialogue champion less productive ways of using apps, by emphasizing short-term and motivational benefits of the app, while not reflecting on the lack of construction of conceptual understanding, means of promoting cognitive activation, ways to monitor students’ learning progress, and the development of a learning environment that stimulates communication. The facilitators were asked: 1) Briefly describe what stands out to you about this discussion amongst teachers in a PD? 2) How would you interpret the statements of the three teachers? 3) As a facilitator, how would you respond? Questions 1 and 2 prompted the facilitators to perceive and interpret the situation while question 3 provided the facilitators with the opportunity to show their decision-making concerning the situation. Data analysis The experienced and less experienced facilitators’ responses to questions 1, 2, and 3 were analyzed in terms of their categories for perceiving, interpreting, and deciding to act upon the situation. Thereby, the facilitators’ general pedagogical knowledge (GPK-PD) and pedagogical content knowledge (PCK-PD) were distinguished (Prediger et al., 2022). The five principles of the PD were deductively coded with respect to the facilitators’ PCK-PD: conceptual focus, cognitive demand, student focus and adaptivity, longitudinal coherence, and enhanced communication. Each code was rated as 0 (category not addressed in response) or 1 (category was addressed in response). In considering the facilitators’ GPK-PD, their responses were inductively coded, yielding six categories: atmospheric argumentation, general digital media focus, methodological individualization, short-term success, affective-motivational aspects, and general description. The different PCK-PD and GPK-PD subcategories were assigned to facilitators’ perception/interpretation of the PD situation (questions 1 and 2), as well as to their decision-making (question 3). After several rounds of discussion, a Cohen’s (1960) kappa between k = .88 and k = .94 for inter-rater reliability for the coding was reached by the research team. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Concerning the first research question, it can be observed that the experienced facilitators refer to both PCK-PD and GPK-PD in both perception/interpretation and decision-making (P/I-PCK-PD: M=0.77(0.86); P/I-GPK-PD: M=1.37(1.09); D-PCK-PD: M=0.82 (1.08); D-GPK-PD: M=1.14(0.94)). The second research question reveals that the less experienced facilitators also use both PCK-PD and GPK-PD. Here, too, it can be seen that GPK-PD is used more frequently than PCK-PD when noticing the situation. However, the difference between these two is greater than with the experienced facilitators (P/I-PCK-PD: M=0.52(0.77); P/I-GPK-PD: M=1.53(1.05); D-PCK-PD: M=0.64(1.06); D-GPK-PD: M=1.36(0.89)). An experienced facilitator statement exemplifies what a strong PCK-PD focus for perception/interpretation encompasses: “Ms. M. and Mr. M. are pleased that the app contains tasks at different levels and adapts to the individual learning level of the children. No one makes a statement about whether the app works in an understanding-oriented way (e.g. with representations) and whether the levels of representation are interlinked, but this does not seem to be the case. This should be discussed with the teachers.” The statement from a less experienced facilitator exhibits their focus on GPK-PD for decision-making: “I would try to emphasize the positive aspects of the app and assuage potential fears or motivate people to try it out.” Contribution By uncovering differences in how facilitators with varying levels of experience engaged in approximated noticing of a PD situation, this research, in using a situated approach, provides insights into designing qualification programs as based on facilitators’ needs. Thereby, an emphasis on PCK-PD can be integrated into the qualification program so that less experienced facilitators can be better prepared for leading PD. However, it also shows that even experienced facilitators need support. By aligning the design of qualification programs with the needs of the participating facilitators, facilitators will be better prepared to offer PD for teachers. References Borko, H., Koellner, K., Jacobs, J., & Seago, N. (2011). Using video representations of teaching in practice-based professional development programs. ZDM Mathematics Education, 43(1), 175-187. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-010-0302-5 Cohen, J. (1960). A coefficient of agreement for nominal scales. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 20(1), 37-46. Döhrmann, M., Kaiser, G., & Blömeke, S. (2012). The conceptualisation of mathematics competencies in the international teacher education study TEDS-M. ZDM Mathematics Education, 44(3), 325-340. Hoth, J., Döhrmann, M., Kaiser, G., Busse, A., König, J., & Blömeke, S. (2016). Diagnostic competence of primary school mathematics teachers during classroom situations. ZDM Mathematics Education, 48(1), 41-53. Kaiser, G., Busse, A., Hoth, J., König, J., & Blömeke, S. (2015). About the complexities of video-based assessments: Theoretical and methodological approaches to overcoming shortcomings of research on teachers’ competence. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 13(2), 369-387. Prediger, S. (2019). Promoting and investigating teachers’ pathways towards expertise for language-responsive mathematics teaching. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 31, 367-392. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13394-019-00258-1 Prediger, S., Roesken-Winter, B., Stahnke, R., & Pöhler, B. (2022). Conceptualizing content-related PD facilitator expertise. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 25, 403-428. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-021-09497-1 van Es, E. A., & Sherin, M. G. (2002). Learning to notice: Scaffolding new teachers’ interpretations of classroom interactions. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 10(4), 571-596. Walshaw, M., & Anthony, G. (2008). The teacher’s role in classroom discourse: A review of recent research into mathematics classrooms. Review of Educational Research, 78(3), 516-551. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308320292 Zaslavsky, O. & Leikin, R. (1999). Interweaving the training of mathematics teacher educators and the professional development of mathematics teachers. In O. Zaslavsky (Ed.), Proceedings of the 23rd Conference of the International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics Education (Vol. 1, pp. 143-158). PME. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Literacy Resilience: Unveiling the Nexus of Linguistic Literacy and Self-Regulation in Learning Ahva Academic College, Israel Presenting Author:Two fundamental assumptions underpin the current research. Firstly, every learning interaction is inherently a literate interaction. This signifies that students are expected to proficiently and flexibly navigate various modes, both spoken and written, in order to convey thoughts and emotions, formulate ideas and opinions, defend arguments, present information clearly and concisely, and effectively engage in quality communication tailored to specific goals, circumstances, and target audiences (Berman & Ravid, 2008; Tolcinski, 2022). The second assumption - every learning interaction encompasses processes related to Self-Regulated Learning (SRL) and Executive functions. SRL is essential in the learning process of students, as it enables them to manage and oversee their entire learning process (Jansen et al., 2019; Lichtinger & Kaplan, 2011; Pintrich, 2000; Zimmerman et al., 2023). The self-regulation process consists of three phases: the preparatory phase, where students plan before learning; the performance phase, where students employ cognitive strategies to successfully complete tasks; and the appraisal phase, where students reflect on their learning, evaluate the effectiveness of their strategies, and consider adjustments for future study sessions (Jansen et al., 2019; Pintrich, 2000; Puustinen & Pulkkinen, 2001; Zimmerman et al., 2023). These processes also encompass executive functions, which are a set of higher-order cognitive processes necessary for directing goal-oriented behaviors and tasks that are not carried out automatically (Spencer, 2020). Executive functions are particularly important in performing complex tasks like reading comprehension and writing (Ravid & Tolchinsky, 2002). Skilled readers, for instance, must exercise control over their reading process, ensuring comprehension and employing diverse strategies (Landi,2012). Written expression also necessitates organization, planning, control, and the ability to analyze task requirements, make decisions, and allocate attention (Flower & Hayes, 1981; Kaplan et al., 2009). These fundamental assumptions are the basis for building the student's literacy resilience. In this study, resilience is examined from both a linguistic literacy and a metacognitive perspective. It focuses on the learners' ability to navigate educational tasks that demand both literacy skills and self-regulated learning (SRL). These skills collectively form the foundation for cultivating literacy resilience. When a student approaches a literacy task while applying meta-strategic knowledge, they will be able to unlock their literacy resilience and autonomously manage such challenges without requiring the intervention of a teacher. This approach is not contingent upon previous failures but is seamlessly integrated into the standard learning routine. Hence, it is crucial to comprehend the concept of literacy resilience, the methods for constructing and nurturing it, and the implications of fostering literacy resilience on teachers' lesson planning, classroom discourse, and students' approaches to their assignments. This study establishes a theoretical connection between linguistic literacy, Self-Regulated Learning (SRL) skills, Executive function and meta-strategic knowledge. In this article, a comprehensive definition of literacy resilience, will be presented. Additionally, an analysis will be presented to evaluate teachers' perceptions of their students' levels of literacy resilience. The term "literacy resilience" (LR) is based on a theoretical connection between linguistic literacy, meta-strategic knowledge and self-regulated learning (SRL) skills. A combined definition of resilience is the ability to persevere in the face of challenges and cope with difficult situations through a set of processes that allow for better results despite the presence of significant threats / difficulties Linguistic literacy skills anchored in SRL are the cornerstones of the learner's literacy resilience (Amir & Heaysman, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 383 participants - teachers who chose to attend a lecture or a PD (Professional Development) course about literacy that was provided by the Ministry of Education. The teachers filled out a questionnaire that was developed specifically for this study. The questionnaire consists of Likert scale questions with the following ratings: 1 (neither/neither), 2 (to a small degree/infrequently), 3 (to a large degree/frequently), and 4 (to an extremely great degree/always). Each question was based on one of the aforementioned facets of the definition of literacy resilience. The Cronbach's α for internal reliability test confirmed high reliability = 0.938. Data Analysis In order to answer the two research questions, first, a descriptive statistical analyses was conducted for each section of the questionnaire, including the mean, standard deviation, and range (minimum and maximum). Second, for each of the indices, three level-based categories were established: low, medium, and high. In the initial phase, the mean of each participant's statements for each index was determined. In the second step, the averages in each index into three categories were sorted: low, medium, and high. The low level included averages between 1 and 1.99, medium between 2 and 2.99, and high between 3 and 4. Thirdly, the frequency of each category was determined (low, medium, and high). Lastly, using ANOVA, the prevalence between age groups was compared. 1. The literacy resilience level of students: (a) To what extent do teachers perceive their students as literately resilient? (b) Will there be differences between the perception of teachers in different education levels (elementary, middle, and high school) regarding their students' literacy resilience? (c) Will there be differences between teachers from different disciplines in their perception of their students' literacy resilience? 2. Will there be a connection between the degree of importance attributed to literacy resilience by teachers and their perception of the level of literacy resilience of their students? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In examining the first research question pertaining to the level of literacy resilience of the students, it was discovered that the vast majority of teachers, regardless of education level or discipline, perceive the level of literacy resilience of the students to be low. According to the teachers, students require a great deal of assistance when completing assignments, as they have difficulty identifying their difficulties in a focused manner, are unfamiliar with suitable coping strategies for tasks requiring linguistic literacy skills. This finding has implications for both the pedagogical-didactic and professional development aspects of teacher education. They present teachers with significant challenges of theoretical and practical knowledge as well as beliefs (Dignath & Buttner, 2018; Lawson et al., 2019). Therefore, it is essential to have professional development for teachers, based on aspects of literacy resilience, which include the development of linguistic literacy skills and SRL. In examining the second research question - Examining the relationship between the variables revealed no correlation between the importance teachers place on literacy resilience and the perceived level of literacy resilience of students. they still perceive the students' level of literacy resilience as low. Why is it crucial to foster literacy resilience? Independent learner development is the pinnacle of education and a global trend (OECD, 2021). Literacy resilience enables students to become independent learners. A learner with literacy resilience will be able to navigate the technology-rich 21st century, manage his learning, plan a complete learning process from beginning to end, know how to ask questions, employ appropriate strategies, and monitor the process. It is an active process in which learners act as their own learning agents and are conscious of the process: they plan and manage the learning, observe their actions, evaluate their situation, and direct their actions accordingly. References Amir. A, Heaysman, O. (2022). Literacy Resilience – how do teachers perceive it? Oryanut vesafa. 9, 81-96. (In Hebrew). Jansen, R. S., Van Leeuwen, A., Janssen, J., Jak, S., & Kester, L. (2019). Self-regulated learning partially mediates the effect of self-regulated learning interventions on achievement in higher education: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 28, 100292. Kaplan, A., Lichtinger, E., & Gorodetsky, M. (2009). Achievement goal orientations and self-regulation in writing: An integrative perspective. Journal of Educational Psychology, 101(1), 51. Landi, N. (2012). Learning to read words: Understanding the relationship between reading ability, lexical quality, and reading context. In Reading-From words to multiple texts (pp. 17-33). Routledge. Lichtinger, E., & Kaplan, A. (2011). Purpose of engagement in academic self-regulation. SRL, (126). Pintrich, P. R. (2000). The role of goal orientation in self-regulated learning. In Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 451-502). Academic Press. Ravid, D., & Tolchinsky, L. (2002). Developing linguistic literacy: A comprehensive model. Journal of Child Language, 29, 419-448. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0305000902005111 Zimmerman, B. J., Greenberg, D., & Weinstein, C. E. (2023). Self-regulating academic study time: A strategy approach. In Schunk, D. H., & Zimmerman, B. J. (Eds.), Self-regulation of learning and performance (pp. 181-199). Routledge. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 01 SES 03 B: Classroom Practice Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Adam Droppe Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Devil is in the Details: An Actor-Network Analysis of How Teachers Learn in Hands-On Workshops National Central University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Teacher learning and teacher professional development (TPD) are always key to educational reform (Edwards 2011). The effectiveness of teacher learning activities is one of the core concerns for TPD around the world. Billions of dollars annually have been invested in improving the quality of teachers’ skills and qualifications by developing their opportunities for TPD (Kraft, Blazar, & Hogan, 2018; DeMonte, 2013). However, research on TPD has generally yielded disappointing results with teacher professional learning activities often being characterised as ineffective (Sancar, Atal, & Deryakulu, 2023; Patfield, Gore, & Harris, 2023; Admiraal, Schenke, Jong, Emmelot & Sligte, 2021; Fairman, Smith, Pullen & Lebel, 2023; Merono, Calderón, & Arias-Estero, 2023). The ineffectiveness of teacher learning can be attributed to the in-service training style in earlier stage of TPD. Traditional approaches of improving teacher learning emphasize annual credit hours for the sake of credentialing. The training was disconnected from authentic classroom contexts and teachers often passively engaged in these activities, and resulted in their limited motivation (Fariman, et al., 2023; Coldwell, 2017). In considering these drawbacks, much research has tackled this problem and proposed solutions. For example, some called for the need for a clearer definition of TPD and an articulation of its particular characteristics and frameworks (Sancar, et al., 2021). Researchers also proposed conditions to improve the quality of TPD. It would be better if the activities are more intensive, sustained, and practice-based, and if the participation is more active, collaborative, having buy-in from teachers, and subject-specific expertise from outside (Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021; Fairman, et al., 2023). However, several recent evaluations of TPD interventions which include all the characteristics have not found a positive impact (Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021). In other words, the consensus around the characteristics of effective TPD still lacks evidential warrant. Clearly, the wicked problems of TPD remain. The questions researchers wondered over for two decades included: What are the conditions that support and promote teachers growth (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002)? How teachers develop professionally (Evans, 2011)? What are the contextual factors impacting it (Kang et al., 2013)? What TPD actually is and what effective TPD really entails (Sancar, et al., 2021)? How this TPD should be designed is somewhat less clear (Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021). As it currently is, researchers have a vague consensus in the direction of holisticity. Research needs to examine the TPD concept as a whole (Evans, 2014), and provide a meaningful and holistic perspective of TPD (Sancar, et al., 2021). If holisticity is highlighted, rather than exploring fragmented characteristics, features, and elements of TPD, a different research approach may be needed. This study draws from Actor-network theory (ANT) (Latour, 2005) as a theoretical perspective and methodological approach to investigate TPD. The major difference between the ANT approach and other empirical researches in TPD is that learning is an effect of the relations within assemblages of human and non-human entities (Fenwick & Edwards, 2010). ANT treats entities equally and focuses on relations and its effects. Specifically, learning is considered as relational, connected, and associated through which matter and meaning, object and subject, co-emerge (Mulcahy, 2014). Three conceptual tools of ANT guided this study: translation (Latour, 1987), assemblage, and matter of concern (Latour, 2004). The (in)effectiveness of TPD can then be re-conceptualized as investigating the network effect of TPD activities. By exploring a specific in-service teachers’ hands-on workshop, this study ask the question: how does teacher learning, as a network effect, happen? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, ANT provides a means of following the mess as it unfolds, as opposed to smoothing out and closing down (Fenwick & Edwards, 2010), to allow the nuance of practice to be foregrounded (Mitchell, 2020). Differed from traditional trans-missive models, this study conceptualizes teacher learning as a non-linear model, which is more transformative and participative, to understand how learning occurs. Data were collected through a multi-sited ethnography (Marcus, 1995), observing 44 cross-school teacher community workshops, 40 semi-structured interviews, and numerous postings in online social media. These hands-on workshops took place at various locations with half-day or whole -day intensive session. They were mainly held by reputable high school teachers, or “peer speakers” to enact the current curriculum policies in Taiwan. In their attempts to implement the new pedagogical teaching practices and perspectives, the participants felt frustrated when they have to explicitly output their curriculum design on their group posters. Given the situation that many artifacts were presented around the workshop rooms, such as white boards, papers, sticky notes, posters, curriculum guidelines handbooks, textbooks, and so on, human-centered lens might not serve adequately to explore how learning happened. The socio-material networks were observably more suitable to produce new understanding about how learning occurred. Data analysis consists of two steps: identifying the 'matter of concern' and identifying the assemblage. First, I trace the varied concerns for all human and non-human actors: how each actor participates in the workshop, paying particular attention to moments of disturbance, such as when sticky notes were not been posted on the white board in time. Second, I follow these concerns to further discover the variegated, complicated, uncertain, risky, heterogeneous, material and network-y features during the process of the workshop, the workshop was thus an object that had become a ‘thing’, a ‘matter of fact’ that had given rise to complicated entanglements (Latour, 2005). A network of people, things, and discourse, -- an assemblage was thus identified. ANT shifts the focus from cognitive gains to the functioning of networks that impact teacher learning (Rubin et al., 2021). Specifically by tracing backwards through networks, learning is seen as an effect of the creation of networks. A phenomenon could be realized as the effects of a dynamic network that includes not only the peer speaker and the participants, but also the artifacts, the questions and/or doubts the participants raised, and even the snacks around them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teacher professional learning were enacted not only by people but also by tools. Five assemblages were identified: willingness to receive, ability to receive, willingness to understand, ability to understand, and ability to practice. Each assemblage was enacted by heterogeneous actors. For example, to enact their ability to receive, the practical language the peer speaker used enrolled participants to be able to acquire the context-embedded academic knowledge. The simplified academic knowledge mobilized participants to be able to externalize what they understood on the sticky notes. In the same vein, to enact their ability to understand, the questions the facilitators asked for each group members were enacted by the sticky notes they wrote, and the flexibility of the procedures allowed by the facilitator mobilized the participants not to quit from the unfamiliar learning tasks. Interestingly, , to enact the ability to practice, the snacks provided around the workshop space kept the frustrated participants from dropping out and enrolled them back to the complicated dialogues. In summary, it was not the individual actors, but the associated relations between actors that linked each other to perform differently throughout the workshop. Using such a non-linear socio-material approach, the findings of this study offers an important shift in our understanding and support of TPD: teacher learning is the result of mobilized networks. To be effective, we need to examine how learning emerges through network effects, rather than as a cognitive process in general. The contribution of this proposal is significant because little research in TPD examined how learning occurred based on ANT. If the silent participation of those heterogeneous actors were overlooked, we would be less possible to scrutinize how human and nonhuman enact and translate each other, resulting in nuanced network effects. References Admiraal, W., Schenke, W., De Jong, L., Emmelot, Y., & Sligte, H. (2021). Schools as professional learning communities: what can schools do to support professional development of their teachers? Professional Development in Education, 47(4), 684-698. Callon, M. (1986). Some elements of a sociology of translation: Domestication of the scallops and the fishermen of St Brieuc Bay. In J. Law (Ed.), Power, action and belief: a new sociology of knowledge?(pp. 196-223). London, England: Routledge. Coldwell, M. (2017). Exploring the influence of professional development on teacher careers: Developing a path model approach. Teaching and teacher education, 61, 189-198. DeMonte, J. (2013). High-quality professional development for teachers: Supporting teacher training to improve student learning. Center for American Progress. July. Retrieved 23 April 2020, from http://www.tapsystem.org/publications/tap-infocuscenter-for-american-progress-high-quality-teacher-professionaldevelopment.pdf. Fariman, J. C., Smith, D., Pullen, P.C., Lebel, S.J. (2023). The challenge of keeping teacher professional development relevant. Professional Development in Education, 49(2), 197-209, Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2010). Actor-network theory in education. Oxon, England: Routledge. Kraft, M.A., Blazar, D., Hogan, D. (2018). The effect of teaching coaching on instruction and achievement: A meta-analysis of the causal evidence. Review of Educational Research, 88(4), 547–588. Latour, B. (2004). Why has critique run out of steam? From matters of fact to matters of concern. Critical Inquiry, 30(2), 225-248. Latour, B. (2005). Resembling the social: An introduction to actor-network-theory. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Meroño, L., Calderón, A., & Arias-Estero, J.L. (2023). Teachers professional development needs: A critical analysis of TALIS through structural equation modelling. European Journal of Teacher Education, Mitchell, B. (2020). Student-led improvement science projects: a praxiographic, actor-network theory study. Studies in Continuing Education, 42(1), 133-146. Mulcahy, D. (2012) Thinking teacher professional learning performatively: a socio-material account, Journal of Education and Work, 25(1), 121-139, Patfield, S., Gore, J., & Harris, J. (2023). Shifting the focus of research on effective professional development: Insights from a case study of implementation. Journal of Educational Change, 24:345–363. Rubin, J.C., Land, C.L. & S Long, S.L. (2021): Mobilising new understandings: an actor-network analysis of learning and change in a self-directed professional development community, Professional Development in Education, Sancar, R., Atal, D., & Deryakulu, D. (2023). A new framework for teachers’ professional development. Teaching and Teacher Education. 101, 103305. Sims, S., & Fletcher-Wood, H. (2021). Identifying the characteristics of effective teacher professional development: a critical review. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(1), 47-63, 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Value of The Question Compass as a Conceptual Tool to Improve Teachers’ Guidance of Student Question Quality. Hogeschool Arnhem Nijmegen, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Student questions have multiple benefits for teaching and learning (Chin & Osborne, 2008). However, to ensure that student questioning is effective for learning, teachers must ensure that students will find answers. A major obstacle for teachers in guiding questions to answers is that many initial student questions are unfocused, poorly investigable, and therefore difficult to answer (Baranova, 2017). Guiding unclear initial questions to more focused investigable questions, is a cognitively challenging and time-consuming process (Herranen & Aksela, 2019). Teachers would like more insight into how to guide learning questions to answers in the best possible way within the available time and resources (Kaya, 2018). Our assumption was, that teachers would first need a clear view of the aspired quality of a question in order to identify the potential quality in initial student questions and to be able to use appropriate instructional strategies to foster that quality. However, we found that the participating teachers in this study found it initially difficult to identify the potential quality of student questions. They needed to develop a deeper understanding of which types of student questions and research activities would lead to hands-on research that is feasible for students and which will lead to deeper understanding of the core concepts of the subject under study. Smith et al. (2013) showed that teachers who guide the process of student questioning need to develop Pedagogical Process Knowledge. PKK refers to the teachers’ ability to diagnose the current state of students’ question quality and the ability to choose and employ the most effective instructional strategies to foster the students questioning process. Smith et al. (2013) found that teachers could develop PPK in a community of practice by using conceptual models (cf. Bereiter, 2005). Unfortunately, a conceptual model to develop PPK about fostering question quality was not yet available. Therefore, we developed the conceptual model of Multiple Hypothetical Question-Related Learning Trajectories (MHQLT’s) for this study. MHQLTs are based on the Hypothetical Learning Trajectories (HTLs) of Simon and Tzur (2004) as a conceptual model to help teachers explore possible pathways that learners might take to reach a learning outcome. Simon and Tzur found that using HLTs to explore potential learning pathways helped teachers to anticipate on and use effective instructional strategies to support student learning. The HLT approach seemed promising for guiding student questioning, because this might help teachers to think about, anticipate upon and find effective ways to foster the quality of student questioning for hands-on research. The essential functionality of the MHQLTs -model is: a) to explore the different learning trajectories of various question-types based on for students feasible research activities, and b) to understand the patterns in the relationship between the formulation of different question-types, types of hands-on research activities and types of learning outcomes. To make working with the MHQLTs model more accessible for teachers we visualized and introduced it to them as the “Question Compass”. The aim of this study was to determine the value of the Question Compass for teachers' professional learning of effective diagnostic and instructional strategies (PPK) to guide the quality of student questions. To determine if and how the Question Compass contributed to teachers’ professional learning, the value of the conceptual model was operationalized with Odenbaugh’s (2005) and Alonzo and Elby’s (2019) criteria for the quality of conceptual tools: generativity, flexibility, and robustness. Therefore, the main research question of the study was: In what ways was working with Question Compass as a conceptual model perceived as generative, flexible and robust for teacher learning about effective diagnostic and instructional strategies to support students’ question quality? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A multiple case study methodology was applied because this is particularly instrumental for evaluating phenomena in real-life contexts (Yazan, 2015). A broad sample of teachers from primary education was included because maximum variation sampling enables a comprehensive description of the phenomenon (Patton, 2015). To explore what the value of Question Compass would be for guidance of student question quality, 32 teachers from six Dutch primary schools participated in four design teams, which worked independently in four iterative cycles of design, implementation, evaluation and reflection and redesign over a period of two school years. The focus in the design teams was on the professional learning of the teachers to support them in developing their own ideas and concrete plans for guiding student question quality. At the start of each design cycle, the researcher first (re)introduced the Question Compass and the basic ideas underlying the conceptual tool. After this introduction, teachers used the Question Compass to collaboratively design professional experiments for topics of their own choosing, by brainstorming about possible desirable student questions, discussing how these types of questions might be prompted, and what kinds of guidance students would need to answer them. Then, teachers individually tested their lesson plans in practice. Upon completion of these professional experiments, teachers evaluated their experiences collaboratively in their design teams. The primary data source consisted of 36 hours of transcribed audio recordings of all sessions during the three completed design cycles and the worksheets that teachers used during these sessions. To triangulate teachers’ self-report about the professional experiments, we made classroom observations and collected video recordings of classroom learning activities. The basis for our analysis is the Interconnected Model of Teachers’ Professional Growth (IMTPG) of Clarke and Hollingsworth (2002) (Figure 3). The IMTPG was selected because it both acknowledges the complexity of teacher change and the importance of teacher agency in professional learning (Roehrig, 2023). We developed a coding schema based on the four change sequences in the IMPTG model that can be related to: generativity (CS1), flexibility (CS2), robustness: lessons learned (CS3) and robustness: salient outcomes (CS4), as shown in Figure 3. To ensure quality of the coding scheme, two coders independently tested it on 10% of the data. The interrater agreement was 85%. Differences were discussed and resolved, further refining and clarifying the coding scheme. Then the rest of the data was coded Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To determine the value of the Question Compass for teachers as a conceptual tool to foster student question quality three criteria were identified: generativity, flexibility, and robustness For generativity findings show that the tool helped teachers develop conceptions of good inquiry learning questions by relating quality to feasible inquiry activities. It also made teachers more aware of how to develop epistemic agency by examining the relationship between question type, research method and learning outcomes. Moreover, the tool was considered to support a more purposeful design of teacher guidance of student questions. For flexibility findings show that teachers:1) used the Question Compass in various explicit ways to diagnose question quality, 2) used the Question Compass in multiple ways explicitly in their instructional strategies to support generating, formulating and answering student questions, 3) were able to use Question Compass to develop diagnostic and instructional strategies that fitted their own personal and their classroom’s needs, 4) developed flexibility over time, leading teachers to combine and vary their instructional strategies as they deemed most appropriate. For robustness findings show that: a) recognizing and categorizing question types was supportive for diagnosing question quality, b) prompting students with purposely chosen activities and materials and modeling question types was effective for generating questions, c) anticipating on the question-types’ research methods fostered support of the answering process and d) discussing question types with students was effective for fostering learning outcomes. We conclude that findings support our assumption that the Question Compass as a conceptual tool supported the collaborative professional learning of teachers when designing, implementing and evaluating professional experiments and in this way fostered teachers’ guidance of student question quality. References Alonzo, A. C., & Elby, A. (2019). Beyond empirical adequacy: Learning progressions as models and their value for teachers. Cognition and Instruction, 37(1), 1-37. Baranova, E. A. (2017). Question-asking behavior as a form of cognitive activity in primary school children. Psychology in Russia, 10(1), 269. Bereiter, C. (2005). Education and mind in the knowledge age. New York, NY: Routledge. Chin, C., & Osborne, J. (2008). Students’ questions: A potential resource for teaching and learning science. Studies in Science Education, 44(1), 1–39. Clark, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(8), 947–967. https://doi.org/10.1016/ S0742-051X(02)00053-7 Herranen, J., & Aksela, M. (2019). Student-question-based inquiry in science education. Studies in Science Education, 55(1), 1-36. Kaya, S. (2018). Improving the quality of student questions in primary science classrooms. Journal of Baltic Science Education 17(5), 800–811. Odenbaugh, J. (2005). Idealized, inaccurate, but successful: A pragmatic approach to evaluating models in theoretical ecology. Biology and Philosophy, 20, 231–255. Patton, M.Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Roehrig, G. (2023). Research on Teacher Professional Development Programs in Science. In Handbook of Research on Science Education (pp. 1197-1220). Routledge. Simon, M. A., & Tzur, R. (2004). Explicating the role of mathematical tasks in conceptual learning: An elaboration of the hypothetical learning trajectory. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 6(2), 91-104. Smith, C., Blake, A., Fearghal, K., Gray, P., & McKie, M. (2013). Adding pedagogical process knowledge to pedagogical content knowledge: teachers' professional learning and theories of practice in science education. Educational research eJournal, 2(2), 132-159. Yazan, B. (2015). Three approaches to case study methods in education Yin, Merriam, and Stake. The Qualitative Report, 20(2), 134-152. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Emotional Ambience in Educational Settings: A Close Examination of Teacher-Student Interactions University of Kristianstad, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper aims to examine the Emotional Ambience (EA) in classroom interactions between teachers and students. During a Swedish lesson, students aged 13-14 work individually on writing assignments. The teacher attends to students who raise their hands and ask for assistance, leading to one-to-one interactions, also known as dyadic interactions, which are the focus of the analyses. Two video-documented interaction situations of different character are studied. The analysis focuses on the emotional coordination of various communication elements between student and teacher, including gestures, facial expressions, tone of voice, and tempo of speech. In a recently published article, I introduce the concept of Emotional Ambience along with a three-dimensional model for examining collective emotions created in social situations (Droppe, 2023). The model outlines 1) the valence of collective emotions - ranging from pleasant to unpleasant, 2) their level of arousal - from low to high, and 3) the level of emotional entrainment or coordination - from weak to strong - among the actor’s emotional expressions in interactions. In this paper, I intend to apply the model of Emotional Ambience to empirical data. The concept of Emotional Ambience complements Randall Collins' theory of Interaction Ritual Chains and his concept of Emotional Energy (Collins, 2004). Collins' theory elucidates the manner in which interwoven rituals of daily existence wield influence over social life. It outlines how collective actions and shared cognitive and affective orientations within a group can evolve into sentiments of solidarity and reverence for the group's symbols. Successful interaction rituals engender Emotional Energy (EE), marked by increased levels of confidence, enthusiasm, and proactivity. Conversely, unsuccessful interaction rituals deplete EE, prompting individuals to seek to reproduce interactions that enhance EE while avoiding those that diminish it (ibid.). Emotional Energy resides within the individual as the enduring emotional outcome resulting from the interaction ritual. It extends beyond the immediate interaction and shapes subsequent interactions, thus forming interaction ritual chains. In contrast, Emotional Ambience is collective, arising from the emotions exchanged among actors during an interaction ritual. It dissipates once the interaction concludes. This implies that there exists an intriguing dynamic between EE and EA as they mutually influence each other. However, it is not a simple linear relationship where a positive atmosphere yields emotional energy. For instance, during a funeral, where the emotional ambience is characterized by sorrow and sadness, emotional energy may arise as a consequence of mourners coming together and sharing their feelings during the ritual. Collins' theory in combination with the EA-model underscores the importance of conjoined actions and shared focus in creating a sense of belongingness (Collins, 2004; Droppe, 2023). Applying this perspective to educational contexts offers insights into classroom dynamics between teachers and students. Emotional coordination drives social cohesion and is observable through participants' verbal and non-verbal language and expressions. This model enhances our understanding of collective emotions and their role in shaping social relations, especially in educational environments. In this context, this study contributes to the expanding body of research focusing on the importance of social relationships in educational settings. By shedding light on the social dynamics between teachers and students the study aims to enhance our understanding of how these relationships shape educational experiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The concept of Emotional Ambience explores how language reflects varying levels of well-being and arousal. Words like "peace" and "euphoria" denote pleasant emotions, while "melancholy" and "rage" signify unpleasant ones, with each also expressing different levels of arousal. Models in psychological research often categorize emotions along two-dimensional scales, such as arousal and valence (see for example Russell 1980; Watson and Tellegen 1985; Larsen and Diener 1992; Thayer 1996; Yik 1999). However, while these models focus on individual “inner” emotions, the Emotional Ambience model examines collective emotions created between people in social situations. Observing and analyzing emotional ambience involves assessing the consistency of emotions expressed by participants. The strength of emotional coordination among individuals determines the intensity of the emotional ambience. For instance, high strength indicates strong emotional coordination, while low strength suggests less consistency. The absence of emotional coordination results in an indeterminate EA. Understanding EA involves considering arousal, pleasure/displeasure, and strength. Studying the emotional ambiance in a situation involves identifying expressed emotions and observing if actors synchronize in their emotional expressions through microanalyses. Various models, such as Paul Ekman's Facial Action Coding System, decode facial expressions' emotional nature (Ekman & Friesen, 1978). Video footage aids in detailed facial expression analysis. Analyzing emotional ambiance through facial expressions focuses on emotional coordination levels among actors. Voice aspects like intonation and tempo indicate emotional coordination. Paralinguistic signs, such as mumbling or pauses, reveal emotions like shame (Scheff & Retzinger, 2000). Emotional contagion (Collins, 2004; Durkheim, 1915) and mirroring behaviors (Chartrand & Bargh, 1999) contribute to emotional ambiance. Multiple factors, including gestures, facial expressions, and paralinguistic markers, must be considered in analyzing emotional ambiance during interaction rituals. Relational processes in an 8th-grade Swedish class (students aged 14-15) in a major Swedish city are studied through filmed lessons. The micro-analysis focuses on teacher-student interactions as students work individually on writing tasks and the teacher circulates to assist those who raise hands. Using two video cameras and audio equipment, a 48-minute lesson was recorded. Two episodes, each demonstrating unique interaction rituals, are analyzed, highlighting typical interaction patterns and the method's applicability in diverse emotional contexts. This analysis evaluates emotional coordination strength and character, emphasizing the emotional ambiance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis highlights several microsociological indicators of the development of a solidary connection between the teacher and student. The EA, initially low on the arousal scale, sees some elevation during the exchange, with coordinated expressions of sympathy and liking. The episodes reveal a blend of confrontation and sympathy, laughter and frustration, although yet illustrating typical features of successful interaction rituals. The interaction is centered around a shared intellectual and emotional focus, characterized by exclusivity in verbal and non-verbal expressions. The interactions showcases the nuanced sensitivity to tone shifts and facial expressions, driving coordinated behavior. Emotional energy generated in these rituals fosters confidence, satisfaction, and motivation, drawing individuals to seek future similar experiences. When the interaction ends, the emotional ambience dissipates. What remains thereafter are the emotions that individuals carry as a result of the interaction ritual, in the form of emotional energy. Engaging in emotionally coordinated interaction rituals fosters harmony, social bonds, and group solidarity, prompting individuals to replicate successful rituals. Understanding these commonplace interactions is crucial, as they may subtly impact teacher-student relations, despite their routine nature. The microscopic analysis delves into the dynamics of teacher-student relationships in school settings. It explores how routine interactions shape emotional connections and influence engagement. Through interaction rituals, where actions are collectively performed, a shared experience is created, fostering social integration and identity formation. Emotional energy generated in these rituals fuels engagement and satisfaction. Understanding emotional coordination, ambience, and energy is vital for fostering supportive learning environments. Analyzing subtle cues like facial expressions and intonation helps decipher emotional dynamics. This awareness is crucial in teacher education, where educators learn to build constructive relationships and engage students effectively. References Chartrand, Tanya. L., & Bargh, John. A. (1999). The chameleon effect: The perception-behavior link and social interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 893–910. Collins, Randall. 2004. Interaction ritual chains. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press. Droppe, Adam. 2023. Emotional Ambience in Interaction Rituals: A Conceptional Completion to Emotional Energy. Social Sciences, 12(9), 509. Ekman, Paul, and Wallace V. Friesen. 1978. Facial Action Coding System: A Technique for the Measurement of Facial Movement. Palo Alto: Consulting Psychologists Press. Larsen, Randy. J., and Edward Diener. 1992. Promises and problems with the circumplex model of emotion. In Emotion. Edited by Margaret S. Clark. London: Sage Publication, pp. 25–59. Russell, James A. 1980. A circumplex model of affect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 39: 1161. Scheff, Thomas J., and Suzanne M. Retzinger. 2000. Shame as the master emotion of everyday life. Journal of Mundane Behavior 1: 303–24. Thayer, Robert E. 1996. The Origin of Everyday Moods: Managing Energy, Tension, and Stress. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Watson, David, and Auke Tellegen. 1985. Toward a consensual structure of mood. Psychological Bulletin 98: 219–35 Yik, Michelle Siu Mui. 1999. A Circumplex Model of Affect and Its Relation to Personality: A Five-Language Study. Ph.D. dissertation, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada. |
Date: Wednesday, 28/Aug/2024 | |
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 04 B: Diversity, Adaptions and Changes Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ziyin Xiong Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Learning to Adapt Instruction to Varied Student Needs: Recognizing Teachers' Multidimensional Knowledge, Triggering Agentive Action, and Stimulating Professional Development. Gothenburg university, Sweden Presenting Author:Several decades of teacher effectiveness research show clear correlations between teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' needs and students' learning gains. For teachers to develop this complex adaptive ability, however, at least 15 years of professional experience is often required (van den Hurk et al, 2016). At the same time, societal developments in the 21st century have resulted in teachers today encountering a highly diverging population of pupils, wherefore attempts to accelerate teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' needs are considered urgent (Ibid.). This study was carried out in Sweden, where operational responsibility for students’ schooling rests at the municipal level. Overall regulation is provided by the National Agency for Education (NAE) via curricula, grading criteria, and national tests, but local school professionals enjoy a high degree of freedom regarding the design of instruction and assessment. The last 15 years, however, the state has increasingly taken control of the substantive and methodological focus of instructional improvement efforts, by providing state grants to municipalities committing to work with national-scale teacher professional development (PD) programs in content areas designated by the state as particularly important. The most extensive efforts have been directed at mathematics and literacy instruction, with the expressed goal to strengthen Swedish teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' varying needs. Within the national PD programs, teachers work according to a fixed cyclical model including text reading, testing given methods in the classroom, and discussing in 'collegial learning groups'. As these programs are linked to extra funding, their content and associated working methods have come to occupy a large part of Swedish teachers’ annually allocated PD time. One of few research studies on the national programs' impact on students' results shows that the program aimed at mathematics instruction had a small but statistically significant impact on teachers' instructional practices but no effect for student achievement (Lindvall et al., 2022). Moreover, neither national grade statistics nor internationally comparative knowledge measurements show any increase in students' knowledge results to date (Skolverket, 2023). Thus, it can be questioned whether such efforts, given their enormous financial cost, are effective in raising teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' needs. There is also concern that the dense flow of general solutions provided from school authorities risks reducing rather than strengthening teachers' agency and ability to analyse the needs of their own student base (Engström, 2022; Jahnke & Hirsh, 2021). This study stems from a three-year R&D collaboration - involving three researchers and 170 teachers - initiated as a reaction to the development described above, where general prescriptions for instructional improvement are served top-down from school authorities. The collaboration’s overall design is grounded in the activity theoretical frameworks of Expansive learning and Transformative Agency by Double Stimulation (Engeström & Sannino, 2010; Sannino 2022; Vygotsky, 1997/1931). Since expansive learning implies that the collaboration taking place is about jointly learning ‘something not yet there’, the researchers' role is not to share a predetermined method for the participants to implement. Instead, double stimulation is regarded as a core mechanism to guide and strengthen the transformative agency of the actors working with the changes in practice. Hence, the role of researchers is to provide stimuli that evoke and contribute to maintaining a transformation process led and owned by the practitioners. This study aims to contribute knowledge about teachers’ professional development through:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During the R&D collaboration (August 2021-May 2024), researchers worked with the teachers (representing different school forms and subjects) to strengthen their professional agency and achieve instructional improvement rooted in the needs of actual students, ascertained in assessment information. The theory of action is to be understood as an overall stimulus containing a series of second stimuli – ‘thinking tools’ – designed to enable the teachers to redefine the challenging task of instructional improvement and take volitional action through instructional interventions. The theory of action intertwines ideas from Gee's sociocultural understanding of Opportunity to Learn/OTL (2008), van Manen's epistemology of reflective practice and pedagogical tact (1991; 1995), an Aristotelian conceptualisation of multidimensional professional knowledge (Johannesson, 1999), Biggs’ (1996) theory of constructive alignment, and Harlen's conceptualization of the relationship between formative and summative assessment (2012). Work has taken place in two arenas: 1) at regularly occurring two-day dialogue conferences (program level), and 2) continuously by teachers in practice at the home schools. Dialogue conferences have offered research input, thinking tools, workshops, cross-group presentations of ongoing/completed casework, individual and dialogic reflections on intervention processes and experiential professional learning, and feedback from researchers to participants/between participants. During the collaboration, teachers have (cyclically): • Selected 1-3 case students each at the home school. • Defined specific learning needs of case students based on analysis of assessment information relative well-defined aspects of school subjects and curricular assessment criteria. • Participated in monthly collaborative workshop-and-learning sessions at the home schools, for joint analyses and formation/refinement of instructional interventions with assumed potential to meet case-students’ learning needs. • Implemented, evaluated, and documented case-students’ responses to the interventions. • Meta-reflected on 1) various spillover effects of the casework, and 2) individual and collective professional learning. • Conducted cross-group presentations of ongoing/completed casework. • Documented completed case work, including research-informed and experiential professional learning meta-reflections, in coherent case reports. Data processed for this study comes from: • Two questionnaires with Likert scale and open-ended questions answered by all teachers. • In-depth interviews with 12 teachers. • Case reports written by 102 teachers after completed cases. Data was analysed using directed qualitative content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005) to discern 1) which assessment information teachers use and how, 2) if and how the provided stimuli has evoked agentive action in teachers’ casework, 3) signs of performance improvements in the case students, and 4) expressions of experiential professional learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicate that the theory of action has been highly appropriated by the teachers, enabling them to 'translate' formal (test-based) and informal (classroom-interaction-based) assessment information into clearly defined learning needs - a step in the instructional improvement process that many had previously paid little attention to. Regardless of school form, teachers agree that such translation contributes powerfully to shifting focus from the student's shortcomings to instruction as decisive for students’ opportunity to learn, and that the translation enables greater precision in the planning of effective instructional interventions. Most teachers report that provided thinking tools have contributed to the articulation of a crucial part of professional knowledge – that which, with van Manen (1995), denotes pedagogical tact - which otherwise often remains unarticulated. In interviews and case reports, teachers describe how they intuitively have always known that to effectively address learning needs, tact must be active together with the more scientific and rational forms of professional knowledge. Clearly, it empowers the teachers, that the theory of action used here assigns pedagogical tact a value and provides conceptual tools to verbalize it. Teachers report that they have become increasingly confident in taking as a starting point their own and their colleagues' multidimensional knowledge in planning needs-based instruction. Additionally, they unanimously report that the case methodology, i.e., to intervene and learn with starting point in specific students, is highly effective for achieving analytic concretion. In nearly all student cases completed so far, knowledge development (often measured through tests) relative to curricular goals is confirmed. Certainly, causal relationships cannot be established with certainty in a project such as this, but it is reasonable to assume that a relationship exists. Additionally, all teachers report positive spillover effects to other students and/or their own teaching skills in general, following the interventions implemented with specific cases in mind. References Biggs, J. (1996). Enhancing Teaching through Constructive Alignment. Higher Education, 32 (3), 347-364. Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1-24. Engström, A. (2022). Nej, statens skolutvecklingsinsatser fungerar verkligen inte [No, the state's school development efforts really don't work]. Skola & Samhälle, 2022-12-12. Gee, J. P. (2008). A sociocultural perspective on opportunity to learn. In P. A. Moss, D. C. Pullin, J. P. Gee, E. H. Haertel & L. J. Young (Eds.), Assessment, Equity, and Opportunity to Learn. Cambridge University Press. Harlen, W. (2012). On the Relationship between Assessment for Formative and Summative Purposes. In J. Gardner (Ed.), Assessment and Learning, 2nd edition. Sage. Hsieh, H., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research 15(9), 1277–1288. Jahnke, A & Hirsh, Å. (2019). Varför förbättras inte elevresultaten trots alla insatser? En fördjupad nulägesanalys av en gymnasieskola [Why do student results not improve despite all efforts? An in-depth current situation analysis of a secondary school]. Ifous rapportserie 2020:1. Johannessen, K. (1999). Praxis och tyst kunnande [Practice and tacit knowledge]. Dialoger. Lindvall, J., Helenius, O., Eriksson, K. & Ryve, A. (2022). Impact and Design of a National-scale Professional Development Program for Mathematics Teachers. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(5), 744–759. Sannino, A. (2022). Transformative agency as warping: how collectives accomplish change amidst uncertainty. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 1–25. Skolverket. (2023). PISA. 15-åringars kunskaper i matematik, läsförståelse och naturvetenskap[PISA. 15-year-olds' skills in Mathematics, Reading comprehension and Science]. Rapport Internationella studier. Skolverket. Van den Hurk, H.T.G., Houtveen, A.A.M., & Van de Grift, W.J.C.M. (2016). Fostering effective teaching behavior through the use of data-feedback. Teaching and Teacher Education, 60, 444-451. Van Manen, M. (1995). On the Epistemology of Reflective Practice. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 1(1), 33-50. Van Manen, M. (1991). The tact of teaching: The meaning of pedagogical thoughtfulness. The Althouse Press. Vygotsky, L. S. 1997 [1931]. The History of Development of Higher Mental Functions. In R. W. Rieber (Ed.) The Collected Works of L. S. Vygotsky, 207–219. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Raising the Bar: The Contribution of a whole school approach for Differentiated Instruction in Secondary Schools AUAS, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Urban areas across Europe are characterized by increased diversity. This is reflected in the school populations in these areas with a high degree of heterogeneity and diverse learning needs (Smets & Struyven, 2020). Secondary school teachers are expected to adapt their teaching to the diverse educational needs of students through differentiated instruction (DI) (OECD, 2018; UNESCO, 2017). DI is seen as an important domain of educational quality and as an approach for providing equal educational opportunities for all learners (Brevik et al., 2017). According to Tomlinson and Imbeau (2010), the core of DI is the adaptation of learning content, process, product and effect in response to differences in learners' readiness, interests and learning profile. This involves teachers assuming different learning needs in their 1) lesson planning and preparation, 2) selecting materials, 3) lesson activities, 4) classroom organization, and 5) student evaluation and assessment (Prast et al., 2015). DI is included in teachers' competence requirements and part of the educational inspection framework. Most teachers recognize the different learning needs in the classroom and the need to adapt instruction, but few secondary school teachers actually put DI into practice (Inspectie van het Onderwijs, 2017). Letzel et al. (2023) found that teachers in upper secondary schools are more often than not low on the implementation of DI, and do not often implement DI. Several explanations are offered in the literature: Teachers indicate that they do not feel prepared to implement DI, that they lack knowledge and understanding of DI. They find differentiation too complex to incorporate into their teaching practice and doubt its feasibility (Gaitas & Alvas Martins, 2017; Whipple, 2012). Research shows that teacher professional development for teachers is warranted. Langelaan et al. (2024) identified characteristics of teacher programs for DI that were successful to some extent. They incorporated active learning, collaboration and reflection and were often longitudinal, comprehensive and addressed attitudes, knowledge and skills. Understanding of differentiation is cited as a prerequisite for being able to apply DI in practice and teachers' attitudes play a crucial role in their use of differentiated instructional practices (Wan, 2016). Educational innovation and improvement is generally seen as intricate: professional learning of teachers within the school is constantly influenced by the often complex school context in which it is implemented. Factors like the (national) curriculum, policies, various organizational factors, and numerous personal characteristics of teachers and students constantly interplay with school development processes. Dack (2019) found that knowledge about differentiation of candidates developed during a course and that participants integrated the newly acquired knowledge into their existing frameworks of knowledge about teaching and learning, which strengthened their beliefs about the importance of differentiation and their learning. At the same time, teachers are constantly trying to find coherence between their own personal frames of reference and those of the changing context during an innovation (Stollman et al. , 2022). As a result, educational innovations often turn out differently than they were intended by their developers. TPD programs for DI are often initiated and developed by external parties and facilitated by educational experts from outside the school (Dixon et al., 2014). Educational development and improvement driven by the school's own ambition may lead to more sustainable and lasting change (Geijsel et al., 2009). At the same time, the question arises whether schools have the resources, capacity and expertise needed . research question: how and to what extent does a school-led and school driven innovation for DI contribute to teachers conceptions, attitudes and classroom practices concerning differentiated instruction? The innovation was monitored during the course of one school year. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The initiation of the innovation was an internally driven endeavor undertaken by the school itself, adopting a participatory approach informed by theoretical insights of successful DI implementation. This study employed a longitudinal mixed methods research design within an explanatory sequential framework to thoroughly examine the contribution of the intervention. Specifically, we focused on three key dimensions: (1) teachers' conceptions (2) the extent of DI implementation in the classroom, and (3) the attitudinal aspects of teachers toward DI. The data collection instrument utilized was a comprehensive self-completed questionnaire comprising 62 items, including one open-ended question and 61 closed-ended items measuring 10 variables. The data were collected from a cohort of 62 teachers at three distinct measurement points throughout a school year. To assess the impact of the intervention, the results from these three measurements were subjected to statistical analysis using a repeated measures ANOVA. Post-intervention group interviews were conducted with a representative sample of 21 teachers to delve deeper into the contribution of the intervention and to identify hindering and supporting factors. A content analysis approach was applied to scrutinize the qualitative data obtained from open-ended questions probing teachers' conceptions of DI. In the subsequent qualitative research phase, the focus shifted towards a nuanced understanding of the learning process and implementation of DI. This phase employed instruments and analytical methods tailored to explore social processes and meaning-making. Thematic analysis was employed iteratively in line with the principles of qualitative study research to extract meaningful insights from the data. This methodological approach allowed for a more holistic understanding of the complex dynamics involved in the adoption and integration of DI practices within the educational context. By combining both quantitative and qualitative research paradigms, we aimed to paint a comprehensive picture and articulate statements regarding the multifaceted factors that either facilitated or hindered the teachers' learning journey. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings elucidate the impact of innovative measures on DI with regard to conceptualizations, attitudes, instructional practices among educators, and the factors influencing both the learning of DI by teachers and its subsequent implementation. 1) Over the course of the academic year, there was a discernible progression in teachers' DI conceptualizations, exhibiting greater comprehensiveness and alignment both internally and with established literature definitions. Utilizing a repeated measures Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) with consideration for sphericity, it was observed that teachers' engagement in differentiation planning, preparation, utilization of activities and materials, as well as their mindset exhibited statistically significant growth on average across distinct time points. Conversely, no statistically significant differences were detected between the various measurement times in relation to the variables of classroom environment, organization and management and assessment and evaluation.. In the subsequent qualitative research phase of data collection, the emphasis was placed on gaining a deeper understanding of the learning process and implementation of DI. The study employed specialized instruments and analytical methods centered on social processes and meaning-making. This qualitative approach aimed to explore the nuanced aspects of how educators engage with and interpret DI, shedding light on the intricate social dynamics and sense-making processes inherent in the implementation of innovative pedagogical practice. References Brevik, L. M., Gunnulfsen, A. E., & Renzulli, J. S. (2018). Student teachers’ practice and experience with differentiated instruction for students with higher learning potential. Teaching and Teacher Education, 71, 34–45. *Dack, H. (2019). Understanding teacher candidate misconceptions and concerns about differentiated instruction. The Teacher Educator, 54(1), 22-45. Dixon, F. A., Yssel, N., McConnell, J. M., & Hardin, T. (2014). Differentiated instruction, professional development, and teacher efficacy. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 37(2), 111–127. Geijsel, F. P., Sleegers, P. J. C., Stoel, R. D., & Krüger, M. L. (2009). The effect of teacher psychological and school organizational and leadership factors on teachers’ professional learning in Dutch schools. Elementary School Journal, 109(4), 406–427. Langelaan, B. N., Gaikhorst, L., Smets, W., & Oostdam, R. J. (2024). Differentiating instruction : Understanding the key elements for successful teacher preparation and development. Teaching and Teacher Education, 140, 1-14. Letzel, V., Pozas, M., & Schneider, C. (2023). Challenging but positive! – An exploration into teacher attitude profiles towards differentiated instruction (DI) in Germany. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 93(1), 1–16. OECD (2018). Teaching for the Future-Effective Classroom Practices to Transform Education. OECD. Prast, E. J., Weijer-Bergsma, E., Kroesbergen, E. H., & Van Luit, J. E. (2015). Readiness-based differentiation in primary school mathematics: Expert recommendations and teacher self-assessment. Frontline Learning Research, 3(2), 90–116. Smets, W., & Struyven, K. (2020). A teachers’ professional development programme to implement differentiated instruction in secondary education: How far do teachers reach? Cogent Education, 7(1). Stollman, S., Meirink, J., Westenberg, M., & Van Driel, J. (2022). Teachers’ learning and sense-making processes in the context of an innovation: a two year follow-up study. Professional Development in Education, 48(5), 718–733. Tomlinson, C. A., & Imbeau, M. B. (2010). Leading and managing a differentiated classroom. Alexandria, VA: ASCD. UNESCO (2017). A Guide for Ensuring Inclusion and Equity in Education. UNESCO. Whipple, K. A. (2012). Differentiated instruction: A survey study of teacher understanding and implementation in a southeast Massachusetts school district (Doctoral dissertation, Northeastern University). 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Principals’ Professional Learning - the Process of Changing Practice Karlstad university, Sweden Presenting Author:In a neoliberal society, individualistic and technical logics reduces professionals to consumers of development courses (Hardy, 2012). Principals’ professional learning has come to be about carrying through standardized methods on the initiation of school authorities (Aas & Blom, 2017). Such arrangements usually not lead to changes, due to difficulties of transferring content from one practice to another (Forssten Seiser & Söderström, 2022). The aim of this study is to contribute with an empirical example of principals’ professional learning from a practice perspective, conceptualizing learning as the process of changing practices (Kemmis, 2021). The theoretical framework used is the Theory of practice architectures (TPA) (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008) and Ecologies of practices (Kemmis et al., 2012). According to TPA a practice are made up of sayings, doings and relatings. Related to these, the practice architectures consist of three kinds of arrangements prefiguring the practice; Cultural-discursive arrangements - the sayings of a practice, mediated through language and discourses; Material-economic arrangements - resources as the physical environment, human and non-human entities, schedules, money and time ; Social-political arrangements- shaping how people relate to other people and to non-human objects, mediated in the social space as rules, hierarchies, solidarities and other relationships. Ecologies of practices takes a wider perspective to focus on how the practices are related to each other in the complex of educational practices.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on a critical action research (Kemmis et al., 2014) in which 14 preschool principals, working in a midsized municipality in Sweden, collaborated with a researcher to critically examine and change their ways of leading digitalization in preschool education. The action research followed a cyclic process of trying out actions of leading at the local preschools and reflecting on the experiences in group conversations. The group conversations were audio recorded and analyzed with the theory of practice architectures to identify changes in sayings, doings, and relatings of leading. Ecologies of practices was then used to identify how the practice of professional learning (AR) and leading practices became interdependent during the process, and what practice architectures that enabled the identified changes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to contribute with an empirical grounded example and some indicators of how professional learning can be arranged to generate transformations of practice. The result of the study is relevant to those engaged in organizing for, leading, and participating in, practices for professional learning, such as authorities, local management, school leaders and educators in general. References Aas, M., & Blom, T. (2017). Benchlearning as professional development of school leaders in Norway and Sweden. Professional Development in Education, 44(1), 62–75. Forssten Seiser, A., & Söderström, Å. (2022). The impact of the Swedish national principal training programme on school leaders’ actions: Four case studies. Research in Educational Administration and Leadership, 7(4), 826–859. https://doi.org/10.30828/real.1120909 Kemmis, S. (2021). A practice theory perspective on learning: Beyond a ‘standard’ view. Studies in Continuing Education, 43(3), 280–295. Kemmis, S., & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: Practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In S. Kemmis & T. J. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pp. 37–62). Sense. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon. R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Springer. Kemmis, S., Edwards-Groves, C., Wilkinson, J., & Hardy, I. (2012). Ecologies of practices. In P. Hager, A. Lee, & A. Reich (Eds.), Practice, learning and change. Professional and practice-based learning (Vol. 8). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-4774-6_3 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 01 SES 06 B: Partnership (Part 1) Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Tonje Harbek Brokke Paper Session Part 1/2, to be continued in 01 SES 07 B |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper How the Collaboration Between a Local Municipality and a University Enables Principals’ Professional Learning in a Master Course 1Karlstad University, Sweden; 2Karlstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:Principals’ professional learning is an essential practice within the educational complex (Kemmis, 2022). The aims vary depending on situation, time, and context, which also affects how schools’ owners make arrangements for principals’ professional learning. The professional learning we discuss in this presentation is a Master course designed as action research and planned in collaboration between a school superintendent in a Swedish municipality and two researchers (also authors of this text) in a Swedish university. The school superintendent was the one who took the initiative and contacted the university with a request to arrange a Master course for interested principals in compulsory schools in the municipality. Initially, the superintendent contacted the person who was responsible for the regular Master programme, but for various reasons it turned out to be difficult to find a solution that fitted the needs in the municipality and the superintendent’s expectations. Therefore, the school superintendent took the question further, which finally resulted in contact with two action researchers who are also engaged within the national school leader training programs. In the continuing process, a specific professional learning course is organised especially designed to suit the school superintendent’s ideas and thoughts, and based on the researchers’ knowledge about action research and findings from a previous study on collaboration between school leaders and researchers (Forssten Seiser & Portfelt, 2022). In that previous study, the results reveal the crucial role of the initiation of this kind of collaboration, the prerequisite of co-ownership, and the importance of relations built on trust and respect for each other’s professions, knowledge, and expertise. The study also stresses the importance of setting the arrangements for the collaboration in good time before proceeding to the work. The present study aims to explore the initiation process of the collaboration between the municipality and the university in the design of the first part of the course, and its influence on the principals’ professional learning in terms of their pedagogical leadership. The research questions are;
These questions will be considered through the lens of the theory of practices architecture (Kemmis et al. 2014). The theory stresses that practices are human-made and socially established; therefore, it highlights the role of the participant in the practice and in the shaping of the practice (Kaukko & Wilkinson, 2020). According to Kemmis et al. (2014), a practice is constituted by the sayings, doings, and relatings that hang together in the project of a specific practice. These sayings, doings, and relatings are prefigured, but not predetermined, by practice architectures present in or brought into the site. Sayings are prefigured by the cultural-discursive arrangements in a site, doings are prefigured by the material-economic arrangements in a site; and relatings are prefigured by the social-political arrangements in a site. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study has an action research approach, and is based on qualitative data such as notes carried out by one of the researchers who was the educator in the initiation stage of the course, an audio recording from an individual semistructured interview with the school superintendent (60 min), and individually written assignments produced by 16 participating principals in the course. The participants were fully informed about the research project and their rights in accordance with research ethics, and have given their consent to participate in recordings, analyses, and reports of the findings. The study has been approved by the local university’s ethical committee. The interviews have been transcribed. Data have been transferred into the qualitative software programme NVivo. First, data were sorted out of relevance for this particular study. Second, data were coded into sayings, doings, and relatings in accordance with the theoretical framework. Third, coded sayings, doings, and relatings were analysed to identify its surrounding arrangements; the cultural-discursive, the material-economic, and the social-political arrangements. In the fourth phase, the interrelations between the arrangements were analysed to reveal the practice architecture of the collaboration practice, how it shaped the principals’ professional learning, and its constraining and enabling traits (Kemmis et al., 2014). The outcomes are reliable for this specific practice and context only, and are not generalizable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The purpose of the course and collaboration At an early stage of the collaboration, a shared vision of the purpose of the course was formulated; to create an advanced professional training course for principals that corresponds with their needs of developing their pedagogical leadership to meet the challenges on their local schools, and integrate the course with the already existing meeting structures on the local municipality level. The traditional Master course at the university would not have enabled such integration. By setting up the entire course as an action research study, the principals could use the course to explore their practice when attempting to improve their local schools, and to improve their skills to use scientific approaches. The purpose of the collaboration became to enable principals’ professional learning on the Master level, integrated in everyday practice. The development of the first part of the course The first part of the course was negotiated by the partners to focus on interview methods and qualitative analysis, to enable the principals to explore the challenges in their local schools, and how they are related to their pedagogical leadership. An overall frame of the course was set in terms of content and scheduled. Time, space, and resources were distributed. Content and time were renegotiated as each step of the course was evaluated, and adjusted along the course to meet the principals on the right level, at the right time. As both partners had experience as school leaders as well as researchers, there was a mutual understanding and respect for each other’s roles and competencies. The influence on principals’ professional learning So far, the design of the course seems to have influenced principals’ understanding of the importance of using scientific approaches to address local school challenges, and how their pedagogical leadership is related to other local practices. References Forssten Seiser, A., & Portfelt, I. (2022). Critical aspects to consider when establishing collaboration between school leaders and researchers: two cases from Sweden. Educational action research, 1-16. Kaukko, M., & Wilkinson, J. (2020). “Learning how to go on”: Refugee students and informal learning practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24(11), 1175–1193. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1514080 Kemmis, S., J. Wilkinson, C. Edwards-Groves, I. Hardy, P. Grootenboer, and L. Bristol. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer. Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming Practices: Changing the World with the Theory of Practice Architectures. Springer Singapore. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Process Guides From OsloMet Working In Partnership With Schools - Exploring Collective Models Of Guidance and Competence to Guide Oslo Metropolitan Univ, Norway Presenting Author:This paper explores and discusses how process guides from OsloMet and teachers at partnerships schools can collaborate strengthening teachers’ competence to guide and develop collective models of guidance. Exploring collective models of guidance opens a space for teachers and guides from OsloMet to develop new knowledge and new forms of acknowledgements. Understanding how to develop guiding competence demands for teachers to reflect within different forms of knowledge, including knowledge not yet communicated (Grimen, 2008). Connecting theory and practice where subject-didactics, pedagogy, and theoretical understandings of didactics is seen in relation, is also a central goal for teacher training in Norway (Meld.st. 11 2008-2009). Learning more about the tacit knowledge of teachers (Argyris og Schôn, 1978) and by that making it possible to explore more about the competence to guide is thereby central. We seek understanding about how systematic participation in collective arenas of collaboration can contribute also for teachers to develop competence to guide student teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Studying how to work in partnerships exploring teachers’ competence to guide, action research is central (PAR) (Tiller, 1999). A pragmatic oriented approach (Starrin, 1993) with pedagogic action research is used based on the premise to change practice (Hiim, 2010; McNiff, 2014; Stenhouse, 1975). Recognizing the knowledge and experiences of teachers, as well as for teachers to experience ownership within the process of change are highly valued within this study (Carr & Kemmis, (1986). Wide range of empirical data are used with agendas and notes from meetings, content and reflections from workshops, reflection notes and logs from school leaders, teachers, and process guides from OsloMet. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings show three areas central for teachers and guides from OsloMet working in partnerships developing an arena for practice collaboration as well as competence to guide. One area is making time and room for collaboration. This includes school leader recognition of teachers’ time to work on areas of development. Another area is building relationships becoming a safe space (third space) for teachers and guides from OsloMet to explore what capacities are needed for guidance. This involves theoretical knowledge as well as competence to guide. Last is working on the emotional dimension overcoming boundaries within oneself in the process of development and change. The tacit knowledge of teachers and teacher’s reflection is overarching all three areas. Notes from the first meeting developing an arena for practice collaboration shows how the relational aspect becomes filtered within all areas of guidance. One teacher reflects specifically about the relationship when guiding student teachers as an endless process of development and change (Meeting 24.10.23). References Argyris, C. & Schôn, D. (1978). Organizational Learning: A theory of Action Perspective. Addison-Wesley. Carr, W & Kemmis, S. (1986). Becoming critical: Education, knowledge, and action research Grimen, H. (2004). Samfunnsvitenskapelige tenkemåter. Universitetsforlaget. Hiim, H. (2010) Pedagogisk aksjonsforskning. Gyldendal akademisk. Kunnskapsdepartementet (2008-2009) Meld.st. 11 (2008-2009) læreren: rollen og utdanningen. St.meld. nr. 11 (2008-2009) - regjeringen.no McNiff, J. (2014). Writing and doing action research. Sage Publications. Starrin, B. (1993), Participatory research – att skapa kunnskap tilsammans. I J. Holmer, & Starring, B. (red). Deltagarorienterad forskning. Studentlitteratur. Stenhouse, L. (1975). An introduction to curriculum research and development. Heinemann Tiller, T. (1999). Aksjonslæring, Forskende partnerskap i skolen. Høyskoleforlaget. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Leadership for Learning and Professional Development: Identifying Challenges and Opportunities in the Cypriot context University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:The purpose of this paper is to investigate the links between leadership for learning and professional development, through the recognition of the importance of context and the ideas of inter-school collaboration, solidarity, trust and support (Swaffield & Major, 2019). The paper acknowledges the complexities and idiosyncrasies of educational contexts, both in terms of policies and practice, as well as in the ways they enable or hinder leadership for learning within inclusive learning environments. The study is qualitative in nature, and follows the development, implementation, and evaluation of an action plan on professional development at a primary school in Cyprus. Data collection takes place via policy analysis, semi-structured interviews to document the in-depth understanding of participants with the use of case study design, and the researcher’s reflective journal. The research questions are designed to uncover the challenges and opportunities that teachers encounter, their perceptions of leadership impact, their preferences for professional development, and the potential benefits of engaging in collaborative practice. More particularly, the project aims to: a) identify challenges faced by teachers in relation to leadership and professional development within the current educational context in Cyprus, b) investigate how teachers view the impact of inclusive leadership on their professional development, b) the types of professional development that teachers find most beneficial, and d) the use and effectiveness of collaborative approaches to leadership, learning, and professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The epistemological principles of this project lie to the interpretivist paradigm, which is aligned with the exploration and understandings of individuals’ experiences and meanings (Guba & Lincoln, 1994); and to the post-modern paradigm, due to the importance of language and the acknowledgement of its enormous power to transmit ideologies, include or exclude (Ballard, 2004). The qualitative nature of the project allows for an in-depth exploration, analysis and understanding of teachers’ experiences and perspectives regarding leadership and professional development in the Cypriot educational context. To meaningfully address the research questions, this project is realized through a qualitative research design, using data collection from semi-structured interviews, policy analysis, and the researcher’s reflective journal, while analysis is completed through thematic analysis. This method allows for an exploration of patterns in participants’ responses, and a detailed understanding of the challenges and opportunities related to leadership and professional development (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings indicate that participants collaborate and mutually engage in learning activities and professional development, especially when these are linked with tangible learning outcomes for themselves and for children. Findings also indicate some challenges faced by participants, such as resistance to change at a personal, school, or regional level, insufficient training and resources, inadequate communication, and accessibility barriers. The study suggests that a holistic approach that includes leadership commitment, inclusive school ethos, and a clear focus on professional development can foster a sense of belonging and meaningful engagement for practitioners. References Ballard, K. (2004). Children and disability: Special or included? Waikato Journal of Education, 10 (1) 315–326. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Swaffield, S. & Major, L. (2019): Inclusive educational leadership to establish a co-operative school cluster trust? Exploring perspectives and making links with leadership for learning, International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1629164 Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. (1994). Competing paradigms in qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 105-117). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 01 SES 07 B: Partnership (Part 2) Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Maurizio Gentile Paper Session Part 2/2, continued from 01 SES 06 B |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Cultivating Self-Awareness in Teacher Education: A Community of Practice Approach 1University of Limerick, Ireland; 2Deakin University; 3Ulster University; 4Mary Immaculate College; 5Consultant Presenting Author:If we cannot sit with the complexities within us, there is no chance we can hold space for the complexities around ourselves". Vanessa Andreotti
Global citizenship education (GCE) has become a pivotal element of initial teacher education (ITE) in Ireland, urging educators to foster self-awareness and social responsibility among learners. Anchored in the recognition of teacher educators (TEs) as policy actors who are mandated by Irish national policy to integrate GCE as one of seven core elements that must underpin ITE programs (Teaching Council 2020, p.14), this longitudinal study investigates the development, process, and scaffolding of an international Community of Practice (CoP) focused on enhancing TEs' self-awareness for GCE.
The theoretical framework informing this study is critical GCE. Critical GCE highlights the importance of learners reflecting upon their own knowledge and assumptions, and “exploring the implications of their own ways of seeing and being in the world in relation to power, relationships, and the distribution of labour and resources (Blackmore, 2016, p.39). It is rooted in social justice (Giroux & Bosio, 2021), as it invites learners to examine preconceived values and perspectives in local and global settings and reflect upon their understanding of the world (Bosio, 2020, 2023). Critical GCE, therefore demands a learner-centred, autonomous approach, where learners reflect and build upon their own experiences and social contexts to develop their knowledge and understanding (Leicht et al., 2018). Embracing these approaches creates space for plurality of perspectives rather than a pre-determined formula for what learners should do or think. Developing these dispositions to learning, and the competences associated with critical GCE, therefore requires continued and critical self-reflection (Blackmore, 2016). The research question driving this inquiry is: How do TEs experience professional learning aimed at fostering self-awareness in the context of critical GCE and social justice education? This question underscores the need for TEs to engage in reflective practices that illuminate their capacities and challenges in integrating critical GCE into their pedagogical repertoire.
Central to this investigation is the operationalisation of the CoP, which serves as a reflective space and a crucible for innovation in pedagogical strategies. Lave and Wenger (1991) define CoPs as ”a system of relationships between people, activities and the world; developing with time, and in relation to other tangential and overlapping CoPs” (p.91). CoPs are viewed as a powerful way to examine TE learning (Patton & Parker, 2017). This collaborative approach leverages shared resources and a repository of activities to foster a deep engagement with the 'self' (personal and professional), employing pedagogies that push the boundaries of comfort to promote genuine reflection and growth. The CoP's collective expertise in teacher education, coupled with its commitment to critical GCE and social justice, provides a rich backdrop for exploration and experimentation with various pedagogical prompts designed to enhance self-awareness for GCE. The shared resources form the backbone of the CoP’s collaborative efforts. These resources encompass a conceptual framework for exploring TE identity (from the perspective of the professional and personal self), professional learning needs, and the nexus of GCE and self-awareness. The repository also includes a diverse array of activities and prompts shared to stimulate discussion, encourage self and co-regulation, and foster relationality in the learning space.
The contribution of this study lies in its potential to illuminate potential pathways through which TEs can deepen their understanding of self-awareness for GCE. By examining the lived experiences and reflective practices within the CoP, this research aims to offer insights into how educators can navigate the complexities of their internal landscapes to better engage with the external challenges of global citizenship and social justice education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of this study is constructed to capture the dynamic and reflective nature of an international CoP (n=6) engaged in developing self-awareness and pedagogical strategies for critical GCE. The CoP comprises expertise from diverse fields: teacher education, GCE, social justice education, self-study, universal design for learning (UDL), equity, diversity, inclusion (EDI), and psychotherapy. Data were collected from October 2023 onwards through cyclical CoP Meetings (n=7) and written reflections (n=16) all supported by a designated macro-critical friend who prompted and challenged the CoP to delve deeper into their reflections and thoughts. This role was crucial in developing a safe, nurturing, and non-evaluative space reflecting Carl Roger’s core conditions of empathy, congruence, and unconditional positive regard. This role also ensures that the group stays focused with appropriate boundaries and supports while monitoring for the safety and emotional regulation of participants. Each participant is encouraged to share openly and honestly. This process provides an opportunity for individuals to be seen and heard in the group as individuals, making the implicit explicit. Each meeting within the CoP was recorded and transcribed to capture the rich dialogue and exchange of ideas. These meetings are the crux of data collection, providing insights into the pedagogical approaches and reflective questions aimed at exploring self-awareness for GCE and social justice matters. The CoP's schedule featured an alternating rhythm: hands-on pedagogical encounters focused on self-awareness prompts, individual written reflections and reflective dialogue meetings. Engaging with an individual reflection after each meeting was proposed by one member of the CoP and everyone agreed. This showcases the fluidity of the CoP and how it is developing and growing organically. Reflection is integral to our methodology. The individual reflections document CoP member observations, feelings, and engagements in response to the experiential activities. These reflections are then shared with all members via the CoP online platform. Each person’s approach is different, some like to write the reflection immediately, others like to ponder further and take a few days to write. The subsequent reflective group session allows for a consolidation process to occur reinforcing the cyclical process of what spontaneously emerged for participants, what they thought of it after and what now. CoP meeting transcriptions and member reflections were analysed using inductive thematic analysis to explore themes reflected in the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study anticipates several key outcomes that will contribute to the discourse on teacher education and critical GCE: (1) an in-depth understanding of the self-awareness development process among TEs as they engage with GCE principles, (2) the identification of effective pedagogical strategies that facilitate self-awareness and its integration into teaching practices, and (3) insights into the cyclical process of reflective practice. It is anticipated that taken together, the three key outcomes listed here will inform the development of a model of professional learning for cultivating self-awareness in the contexts of critical GCE and social justice education that can be replicated in other educational contexts. The experiential learning cycle described in this paper supports the development of self-awareness and facilitates personal and professional growth. Participants become aware of personal unconscious bias, values, and belief systems within themselves along with insecurities (complexities) and begin to separate these personal aspects of self, from the values of critical GCE, and the professional self. Participants can also explore ways of integrating their personal self with their professional self in a healthy way. The process undertaken by the CoP highlights the value of reflective enquiry and the ethical responsibility of educators to engage with GCE and social justice matters. By providing a space for vulnerability, the CoP also addresses themes of safety, belonging, and imposter syndrome, which are vital considerations for TEs navigating the complexities of critical GCE. Through experiential practice, CoP participants will experience first-hand the universal difficulties and challenges learners experience when tasked with engaging in reflective practice in this way, thus enabling us to carve out paths that may make it a less daunting and scary task for others. References Andreotti, V. (2011). Actionable postcolonial theory in education. Palgrave Macmillan. Blackmore, C. (2016). Towards a pedagogical framework for global citizenship education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 8(1), 39-56. Doi: 10.18546/IJDEGL.8.1.04 Bosio, E. (2023). Global citizenship education as a reflective dialogic pedagogy. Citizenship Teaching & Learning, 18, 177 – 194. https://doi.org/10.1386/ctl_00119_1 Bosio, E. (2020). Towards an ethical global citizenship education curriculum framework in the modern university. In D. Bourn (Ed.), Bloomsbury handbook for global education and learning (pp. 187–206). London: Bloomsbury. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350108769.0025 Bourn, D. (2015). The Theory and Practice of Global Learning. London: Development Education Research Centre, UCL Institute of Education. Brockbank, A., & McGill, I. (2007). Facilitating Reflective Learning in Higher Education. McGraw-Hill Education. Gay, G. (2010). Culturally Responsive Teaching: Theory, Research, and Practice. New York: Teachers College Press. Giroux, H. A., & Bosio, E. (2021). Critical pedagogy and global citizenship education. In E. Bosio (Ed.), Conversations on global citizenship education: Perspectives on research, teaching, and learning in higher education (pp. 3–12). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429346897-1 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Leicht, A, Heiss, J and Byun, W. (2018). Issues and trends in education for sustainable development, education on the move. Paris: UNESCO Publishing. Retrieved from http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0026/002614/261445e.pdf [accessed 30 Aug 2023]. Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative learning: Theory to practice. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 74, 5-12. Patton, K., & Parker, M. (2017). Teacher education communities of practice: More than a culture of collaboration. Teaching and Teacher Education, 67, 351-360. Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2010). Globalizing Education Policy. Routledge. Shulman, L.S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1-22. Teaching Council. (2020). Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education. Maynooth: Teaching Council. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press. Zeichner, K. (1999). The new scholarship in teacher education. Educational Researcher, 28(9), 4-15. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper "If You Want to Go Far, Go Together." Cross-School Teacher Team (CSTT) in an In-service Teacher Training Programme in Norway NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:The issue of professional learning community (PLC) has received considerable critical attention within the field of teacher continuing professional development (CPD). It is now well established from a variety of studies that PLC contributes greatly to teachers’ changes in practices, knowledge, beliefs, agency, and affective characteristics (Dogan, Pringle & Mesa, 2016; Long, Zhao, Yang, Zhao & Chen, 2021; Philpott & Oates, 2017; Tam, 2015). In a narrow sense, PLC can be understood with the aim to facilitate school-wide improvement in teaching and learning and is usually linked to local school context where teachers work (Admiraal, Schenke, Jong, Emmelot & Sligte, 2021; Brennan & Gorman, 2023; Chen & Wang, 2015; Steyn, 2017). In a broader view, PLC is seen as a platform where a collective of individuals collaboratively examines and reflects on their practices in an ongoing, learning-focused, and inclusive manner, with the shared goal of promoting professional growth (Stoll et al. 2006). The Special Education 1 programme (Spesialpedagogikk 1) represents a primary official in-service teacher training offer in Norway. This programme is assembly-based (samlingsbasert) with lectures and group activities addressing a variety of themes within special education. Teachers participating in the programme serve in either public or private schools (from first to tenth grade) across Norway. During the six assemblies they are grouped into several small learning teams (basisgrupper) for collaborative discussion and group tasks around cases. This CPD arrangement is similar to the concept and practice of CSTT (Cross-School Teacher Team) Cederlund (2018) introduced and examined in her seminal study in Sweden. The CSTT represents a form of PLC where teachers from different schools across Sweden but with shared pedagogical interests meet each other physically/digitally for CPD. This study concluded that CSTT can provide a professional space of diversity, interdependency, visibility, and transparency in which local practices are reflected on and transformed collectively. In our previous investigation on teacher motivation for CPD in special education, we found out that one main reason for the teachers to participate in this in-service teacher training programme is the desire for professional socialisation, that is, the thirst for learning together with others (Pan, Østby & Gudmundset, 2023). Drawing upon both the broader understanding of PLC and teacher motivation for CPD in special education in Norway, this study attempts to explore how CSTT is experienced in the Special Education 1 programme. The theoretical framework adopted in this study is practice architecture (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008). According to Kemmis and Grootenboer (2008), practice is complex and socially established. It is a cooperative human activity encompassing saying, doing, and relating. Saying refers to individuals’ expressions, allowing us to understand us, others, and the world. Doing means the actions and activities we take and undertake. Relating indicates identity and role shaped in relation to others. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were collected from the teacher cohort (57) of the academic year 2022-2023. Forty-two and 46 teachers took part in the online survey (as a form of programme evaluation) in the autumn 2022 and in the spring 2023, respectively. Various aspects of question were designed to find out the possibilities, challenges, and limitations of this Special Education 1 programme. In total, five questions were included in the data analysis process of this investigation. They were specifically focused on experience in group work. These questions allowed the teachers to quantify their experience and elaborate their thoughts and feelings with own words. Thematic analysis (Guest, MacQueen & Namey, 2011) were carried out to examine the textual responses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings in teacher CPD. The majority of teachers participating in the online survey highly appreciated working together with other teachers in the group. They experienced the cooperative learning process in terms of saying, doing, and relating according to the theory of practice architecture (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008). CSTT created a professional space for the teachers to reflect on and share their own possibilities and challenges at schools (saying). Discussion around cases also allowed the teachers to examine personal values and perspectives and form a collective solution to a specific problem (doing). Since each teacher was assigned into and stayed in the same group throughout the whole in-service training programme, the CSTT provided a secured environment where the teachers could build up social connections with each other and drew work-related inspirations from one another (relating). Nevertheless, a small number of teachers were particularly critical about the arrangement of cross-CSTT. In their views, it seems not necessary and less fruitful to work together with another CSTT in the programme. Taken together, CSTT is recognised as a valuable and educative type of PLC for teacher CPD. It provides an ideal platform for teachers to engage in professional sosialisation. The programme’s learning outcomes are strengthened and enriched as teachers contribute their shared pedagogical interests and varied work experiences to the learning process. References Admiraal, W., Schenke, W., Jong, L. D., Emmelot, Y., & Sligte, H. (2021). Schools as professional learning communities: what can schools do to support professional development of their teachers? Professional Development in Education, 47(4), 684-698. Brennan, A & Gorman, A. (2023). Leading transformative professional learning for inclusion across the teacher education continuum: Lesson from online and on-site learning communities. Professional Development in Education, 49(6), 1117-1130. Cederlund, K. (2018). The cross-school teacher team as a site for learning. Education Inquiry, 9(2), 193-209. Chen, P. & Wang, T. (2015). Exploring the evolution of a teacher professional learning community: a longitudinal case study at a Taiwanese high school. Teacher Development: An International Journal of Teachers' Professional Development, 19(4), 427-444. Dogan, S., Pringle, R. & Mesa, J. (2016). The impacts of professional learning communities on science teachers' knowledge, practice and student learning: a review. Professional Development in Education, 42(4), 569-588. Guest, G., MacQueen, K. M., & Namey, E. E. (2011). Applied Thematic Analysis. SAGE Publications. Kemmis, S. & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: Practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In S. Kemmis & T. J. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for Education (pp. 37–64). Brill. Long, T., Zhao, G., Yang, X., Zhao, R. & Chen, Q. (2021). Bridging the belief-action gap in a teachers' professional learning community on teaching of thinking. Professional Development in Education, 47(5), 729-744. Pan, C.-Y., Østby, S. B. & Gudmundset, H. (2023, August 23-25). What motivates teachers in Norway to participate in continuing professional development in special education? [Conference presentation]. ECER 2023, Glasgow, Scotland. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/28/contribution/55512 Philpott, C. & Oates, C. (2017). Teacher agency and professional learning communities: what can Learning Rounds in Scotland teach us? Professional Development in Education, 43(3), 318-333. Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: A review of the literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7(4), 221–258. Tam, A. C. F. (2015). The role of a professional learning community in teacher change: a perspective from beliefs and practices. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(1), 22-43. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper A South-South Teaching Collaboration To Develop The Capacity Of Educators University of Johannesburg, South Africa Presenting Author:The World Bank calls for the capacity development of developing countries due to their inherent socio-economic and political challenges (Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), 2007). This has further resulted in calls to develop the capacity of higher education institutions (HEIs) in developing countries as this is a way to contribute to the economy and society by increasing human capital (Färnman et al., 2016; Pinheiro et al., 2016). Capacity development, via the educator, is the starting point of social change as educators have the propensity to concomitantly impact students, the HEI and society at large (Aragón & Macedo, 2010). Capacity development at HEIs has hitherto primarily been observed through cross-border offerings between HEIs in the North and the South (OECD, 2007; Sánchez-Chaparro et al., 2021). There is, however, a strong belief that the capacity development paradigm must be altered away from the dominant and unequal frameworks of North-South interaction (Pearson, 2011; Standing & Taylor, 2016). Therefore, it is not always necessary to import capacity from the North (Färnman et al., 2016) as developing countries can “tap into possible synergies” with other developing countries (Chaturvedi, 2016:3)
This study examined the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration between a partner HEI in South Africa and two recipient HEIs: one in South Africa and the other in Namibia. South Africa, as the partner HEI, was selected as the context of this study as it is a dichotomy; despite the presence of first-world convenience, significant levels of poverty prevail. Some South African universities are well-developed and encompass several distinguished research institutions, while others lack the facilities and Information Technology infrastructure required for relevant teaching. Data collection comprised questionnaires and interviews with recipient educators involved in the capacity development relationship to understand further their experiences and perceptions of the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration.
This study makes a twofold contribution. First, it responds to calls to examine South-South collaborations in building capacity in developing countries (Pearson, 2011). It does so by examining the capacity development relationship between educators at a well-developed HEI in South Africa and recipient educators at two less-developed HEIs in the region. This study gives voice to the Southern perspective, which is often not heard in the debate on North-South or South-South collaborations (Pearson, 2011; Adriansen & Madsen, 2019). Finally, the study contributes to the limited literature on teaching collaboration in capacity development relationships as prior studies have primarily focused on research collaborations (Brum & Knobel, 2018).
While this study examines the HEIs in Africa, this study will be of interest to an international readership. HEIs in South Africa and Namibia are uniquely positioned: some enjoy international recognition for their academic programmes, yet others face a variety of challenges typical of a developing context. Consequently, the findings of this study may resonate with HEIs located in other developing markets as more than 84% of the world’s population resides in the developing world (Bloom, 2020). As developing countries typically have a large number of universities, this study is of relevance for a large contingent of the world’s universities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study followed a constructivist qualitative research paradigm to explore a South-South teaching collaboration to develop the capacity of educators. Given the limited prior empirical investigation of this study’s research objective, an inductive case study approach was followed to explore the views of recipient educators at two HEIs. Educators are recipients of the capacity development intervention and were considered to have first-hand experience of the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration through their active involvement in the capacity development relationship. Recipients were, therefore, intrinsically bound to the case. The two HEIs (cases) were purposively selected, given their similarities, including in both cases the recipient educators were involved in teaching collaboration with the same partner HEI. the HEIs are located in a developing country in Africa. the HEIs are public. the recipient educators teach in an undergraduate academic programme. A qualitative questionnaire was first used to gather information. This was followed by semi-structured interviews with fewer educators to obtain a deeper understanding of the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration. The questionnaire was distributed to 27 participants, 13 from Namibia and 14 from South Africa. In total, 25 respondents completed the questionnaire, 12 from Namibia and all participants from South Africa, giving a response rate of 93%. The data from the demographic data of the questionnaires was used to identify participants to include in the interviews. Using this technique, the researcher purposively selected a mix of educators. In deciding on the selection of the participants, an equal split of participants from both Namibia and South Africa was considered satisfactory, as well as a wide range of characteristics (gender, academic qualifications and first language) to obtain a variety of perspectives. Interviews were conducted with 10 educators, as saturation of data became evident. The interviews were recorded using the Microsoft Teams recording tool and were professionally transcribed, providing accurate accounts of the participants’ perspectives and experiences. All qualitative data sets were analysed in ATLAS.ti. The analysis of the questionnaire’s open-ended responses and the interview data involved thematic analysis of the responses following Braun and Clarke’s recommendations (2006). In line with ethical clearance, consent was obtained from participants during both stages, and participants were given the option to withdraw at any stage during the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study found that South-South collaborations were positively viewed by recipient educators as parties have a shared understanding of the situation on the ground. Recipient educators conveyed that South-South collaborations share “a common platform” as educators appear to “complain about similar things” (Interviewee 9). A Southern partner is suitably positioned to recognise student challenges, especially those associated with students from disadvantaged communities (Interviewees 2, 3). The partner institution “understands the calibre of students that we have” as “it’s different compared to a university” in the North (Interviewee 3, also Interviewee 10). Furthermore, Southern partners have insight into the type of political environment and frustrations experienced by recipient educators (Interviewee 3). Given this outlook, Southern partners understand the local realities and the local higher education environment better than their developed counterparts (Interviewees 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 9, 10), thereby leading to the creation of tighter synergies in the South-South collaboration. As with all research, the current study is subject to limitations. This includes inherent subjectivity and potential response bias associated with interview data. Furthermore, the relatively small sample data (for both the questionnaires and the interviews) limits the generalisability of the results. However, this study was purposefully designed with a small number of participants to generate a rich and detailed understanding of South-South collaborations. Finally, this study, argues that with a collaboration between two universities in the same country, partners display enhanced insight into the political environment of the prevailing demographic context and are well-positioned to address such complex contexts. Moreover, collaborations in the same region, enable an understanding of regional realities and the regional higher education environment, thereby creating synergies in the teaching collaboration. In both contexts, the partner HEI must be a well-developed internationally recognised institution. References Adriansen, H. K., & Madsen, L. M. (2019). Capacity-building projects in African higher education. Learning and Teaching, 12(2), 1–23. Aragón, A. O., & Macedo, J. C. G. (2010). A systemic theories of change approach for purposeful capacity development. Institute of Development Studies (IDS) Bulletin, 41(3), 87–99. Bloom, D. E. (2020). Population 2020. https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/2020/03/pdf/changing-demographics-and-economic-growth-bloom.pdf. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Brum, J. A., & Knobel, M. (2018). The international dimension of the Brazilian higher education system through the prism of South-South cooperation. International Journal of African Higher Education, 4(2), 92–103. Färnman, R., Diwan, V., Zwarenstein, M. & Atkins, S. (2016). Successes and challenges of north-south partnerships - key lessons from the African/Asian regional capacity development projects. Global Health Action, 9(1), 1–10. Chaturvedi, S. (2016). The development compact: a theoretical construct for south–south cooperation. Research and Information System for Developing Countries, Discussion Paper No 203. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2007). Executive summary. In Vincent-Lancrin, S. (Ed.), Cross-border tertiary education: a way towards capacity development, The World Bank and OECD Publishing: Paris, France, pp. 11–20. Pearson, J. (2011). Training and beyond: Seeking better practices for capacity development. OECD Development Co-Operation Working Papers, No 1, OECD Publishing. Pinheiro, R., Normann, R., & Johnsen, H. C. G. (2016). External engagement and the academic heartland: The case of a regionally-embedded university. Science and Public Policy, 43(6), 787–797. Sánchez-Chaparro, T., Remaud, B., Gómez-Frías, V., Duykaerts, C., & Jolly, A. M. (2021). Benefits and challenges of cross-border quality assurance in higher education. A case study in engineering education in Europe. Quality in Higher Education, 1–18. Standing, H., & Taylor, P. (2016). Engaged excellence. Institute of Development Studies (IDS) Bulletin, 47(6), 169–178. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 01 SES 08 B: Collaboration Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Giorgio Ostinelli Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Cooperative Learning as a Reflective Lens to Facilitate Teamwork in Higher Education 1Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), Norway; 2University of Newcastle, Australia Presenting Author:Collaboration is accentuated as one of the critical 21st-century skills students need to learn to be best prepared for their future professional and social lives. One reason for the emphasis on collaboration is that today's workplace is structured with teamwork as the basic structure (Deepa & Seth, 2013). A recent study focusing on 21st-century skills for higher education students in EU countries found that employees consider collaboration/teamwork skills one of the essential soft skills that graduates need (Crosta et al.,2023). In higher education, the focus on group learning to learn and develop collaboration skills is growing, and there is a wealth of different approaches, such as cooperative, collaborative, problem-based, and team-based learning (Davidson & Major,2014). Cooperative learning (CL) is a pedagogical model that can support facilitators of learning to structure students working in small groups for academic and social gains. It is described as an instructional use of small groups where students work together to maximize their learning and others (Johnson et al., 2008). The pedagogical model has a long history and an extensive research base demonstrating its effects (Kyndt et al.,2013; Slavin 2015). Cooperative learning is proposed as suitable for improving university instruction as it is based on validated theory to mediate effective collaboration where the students learn through collaboration and learn to collaborate (Johnson et al., 2014). It is found that CL at the university level is effective for developing students' social skills necessary for teamwork (Mendo-Lázaro et al., 2018). Johnson et al. (2014) accentuate a conceptual CL approach suitable for improving university instruction. The conceptual approach is based on social interdependence theory (Deutch, 1949), and five validated essential elements must be structured into the learning situation to mediate effective collaboration. The five elements are to ensure the group and its members have positive interdependence, individual accountability, promotive interaction, appropriate use of social skills, and group processing (Johnson et al.,2014). The social interdependence theory, the five elements, and suggested CL procedures provide an integrated system for teachers to organize and design learning in small groups. Despite the established benefits for students' learning, CL is considered complex, and teachers encounter difficulties implementing the method (Ghaith, 2018; Sharan, 2010). Besides, different group learning approaches are already used in university settings to organize students` working together. Instead of teachers implementing an integrated CL system to organize and design learning in small groups, we believe there is a potential for teachers to inquire into their existing group learning and teamwork practices through the lens of the five elements of CL. It is argued that understanding the five elements allows CL procedures to be designed and, in this way, gives faculty tools to support learning in groups (Johnson et al., 2014). To our knowledge, there is limited research on how the five elements of CL can be used as a reflective tool to inquire into their existing instructional use of group learning and teamwork in higher education. Often, the focus is on implementing the pedagogical model with a focus on specific methods and CL structures. We believe there is an untapped potential for extending and applying CL as a theory in higher education by inquiring into existing group learning and teamwork practice with a reflective lens using the five elements of CL to support the development of collaboration and teamwork skills. In this research paper, we explore: In what ways can the theoretical model of cooperative learning as a reflective lens be used to support the facilitation of teamwork in higher education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilized a workshop as a research methodology (Ørngreen & Levinsen, 2017). The workshop was designed for a research purpose to inquire into how the five elements of CL could be used as a reflective tool to support the facilitation of teamwork in higher education. Besides, the workshop was authentic and aimed to meet participants' expectations of getting more knowledge about CL and inquiry into their own facilitation of teamwork to contribute to local practice. The workshop included ten participants from the central academic section of Experts in Teamwork (EiT) at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU). Experts in Teamwork is a mandatory master course (7,5 ECTS), with around 3000 students taking the course each year. In the course, students work in interdisciplinary teams to address real-life problems; the course is based on experiential learning and developing students' teamwork skills. The central academic section of EiT is responsible for developing the course and providing professional development for academic staff responsible for teaching the course (Walin et al., 2017). The workshop was organized inspired by the CL structure Jigsaw puzzle (Aronson et al., 1978) to give the participants first-hand experiences on how CL works and, at the same time, learn about the five elements of CL and reflect on how these elements were present in the professional development and course they oversaw. The data collected was material developed for the workshop and a research journal with participatory observations and reflections from the first author who developed and facilitated the workshop. Individual interviews with five workshop participants were conducted to gain further insights into the participants' experiences. The interviews were audio recorded, transcribed and the data collected is in the analysis process using reflective thematic analyses (Braun & Clark, 2021). The first author in this study is positioned as an insider researcher conducting research in her own organization, as she worked in the EiT academic section. It is proposed that insider research benefits from collaborations with external facilitators to reflect and extend the meaning of the experiences during the research (Coghlan & Brannick, 2014). With her CL and professional development expertise, the second author was invited into the project to inquire about the experiences and data collected. Our collaboration provided an opportunity for researcher triangulation, and our different perspectives enhanced our understanding of in what ways CL as a reflective framework could strengthen facilitation of teamwork of higher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper, we explore how the theoretical model of CL as a reflective lens can support the facilitation of teamwork to contribute to more knowledge of CL in higher education. This research paper presentation provides a practical contribution that may be of direct use to researchers and educators. It describes how the workshop was developed and structured together with the participants' experiences and their reflections of CL and their own practice with providing professional development and course in teamwork. Preliminary findings indicate that learning about the five elements of CL and then inquiring into their practice individually, in pairs, and in groups was found to facilitate the participants to examine their own practice critically. The participants were unfamiliar with the five elements of CL beforehand; however, learning about them gave the participants a shared lens and language about collaboration that enabled them to discuss strengths and weaknesses in their professional development and course. This led to ideas about how they could further develop their professional development and course. For example, it was found that individual accountability when structuring teamwork could be further strengthened. In many ways, the workshop became a meta-reflection on their existing practice without implementing CL as an integrated system. This shows the potential of CL's five essential elements as a reflection tool to support existing teamwork in higher education. The findings also show that the combination of learning about CL structured through the CL-structure Jigsaw made the participants in the workshop positive interdependent and individual accountable in their learning and reflection and led to a promotive interaction. This way, they got a first-hand experience of CL's pedagogical model. This was also found to motivate the participants to further want to CL structures and how they could be adapted to the professional development they provided. References Aronson, E., Stephan, C., Sikes, J., Blaney, N., & Snapp, M. (1978). The jigsaw classroom. Sage Publications. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: a practical guide. Sage. Coghlan, D., & Brannick, T. (2014). Doing action research in your own organization (4th ed.). Sage. Crosta, L., Banda, V., & Bakay, E. (2023). 21st Century Skills development among young graduates: a European perspective. GiLE Journal of Skills Development, 3(1), 40-56. Davidson, N., & Major, C.H. (2014). Boundary Crossings: Cooperative Learning, Collaborative Learning, and Probem-Based Learning. Journal on excellence in college teaching, 25, 7-55. Deepa, S., & Seth, M. (2013). Do soft skills matter? Implications for educators based on recruiters’ perspective. IUP Journal of Soft Skills, 7(1), 7–20. Retrieved from http://ssrn.com/abstract=2256273 Deutsch, M. (1949). A theory of co-operation and competition. Human Relations, 2(2), 129–152. Ghaith, G. M. (2018). Teacher perceptions of the challenges of implementing concrete and conceptual cooperative learning. Issues in Educational Research, 28(2), 385–404. Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2008). Social interdependence theory and cooperative learning: The teacher’s role. In R. M. Gillies, A. F. Ashman, & J. Terwel (Eds.), The teacher’s role in implementing cooperative learning in the classroom (pp. 9–37). Springer US. Johnson, D. W., Johnson, R. T., & Smith, K. A. (2014). Cooperative learning: Improving university instruction by basing practice on validated theory. Journal on Excellence in College Teaching, 25(3&4), 85-118. Kyndt, E., Raes, E., Lismont, B., Timmers, F., Cascallar, E., & Dochy, F. (2013). A meta-analysis of the effects of face-to-face cooperative learning. Do recent studies falsify or verify earlier findings? Educational Research Review, 10, 133–149. Mendo-Lázaro, S., León-del-Barco, B., Felipe-Castaño, E., Polo-del-Río, M. I., & Iglesias-Gallego, D. (2018). Cooperative team learning and the development of social skills in higher education: The variables involved. Frontiers in psychology, 9, 1536. Sharan, Y. (2010). Cooperative learning for academic and social gains: Valued pedagogy, problematic practice. European Journal of Education, 45(2), 300–313. Slavin, R. E. (2015). Cooperative learning in elementary schools. Education 3–13, 43(1), 5–14. Wallin, P., Lyng, R., Sortland, B., & Veine, S. (2017, June). Experts in teamwork-A large scale course for interdisciplinary learning and collaboration. In 13th International CDIO Conference (pp. 1-11). University of Calgary. Ørngreen, R., & Levinsen, K. T. (2017). Workshops as a research methodology. Electronic Journal of E-learning, 15(1), 70-81. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Impact of Culture and Social Networking on Adult Refugee and Immigrant Women´s Participation in Lifelong Learning in Iceland University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:In recent decades people in almost every developed country have experi-enced many rapid changes in society; migration and rapid technological developments. These dramatic changes have influenced adults worldwide with respect to their participation in lifelong learning. As a result great emphasis has been put on adult immigrants to participate in various courses and learning activities (Van Tubergen and Van De Werfhorst, 2007). However, there is ample evidence to show that success in attracting participants from this target group is lacking. One of the challenges lies with women from the Middle East who are scattered around the work market and in society in general. Even though state policies have set out requirements, regarding education for immigrants, and determine the importance of embracing diversity so that immigrants find it easy to integrate to the society and access their chances of participation in daily life, there is a considerable group of adults women, of foreign origin, who has a limited role in participation in the educational activities on offer. Sociologists have often focused and drawn pictures of how culture, identity, goals, attitudes, values, communication and even what is most important to people in life can vary between cultural areas or periods. They often put specific labels on periods of history that are supposed to describe culture of a certain period and certain groups. Today's society is no exception here, but sociologists' analysis and interpretation of the societies immigrants and refugees enter can help us understand their opportunities, challenges and the way the society reacts toward these vulnerable groups. In this study I outlined the main theories used in the interpretation of the data and their relationship to the research and its subjects. Pierre Bourdieu's theories on social, cultural and economic wealth should first be mentioned (Bourdieu, 1997; 2007), but he believes that individuals within a society are never equal, but possess varying amounts of wealth. which affects their activities and capacity for activities/participation in the society in which they live. I have also relied on Gidden's theories about the importance of education and the responsibilities that lies on both individuals and societies (Giddens, 1998; 2000). According to his theory, it is an individual's right to have choices and to make his/her own decisions. But they also have to stop and think about the consequences of their decisions. In order to better understand the life and situation of the adult learners and their various need for practicality, I have relied on Knowles' six assumptions about the characteristics of adult students,i.e. how and why some adults take active participations in lifelong learning (Knowles, Holton and Swanson, 2005). Finally, I have used Wlodkowski's ideas about adult educators, and how he considers and interpretes the responsibility and the role of instructors, educational organizers and lifelong learning sectors to make the learning interesting, motivating, effective and accessible to everyone(Wlodkowski, 2007). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The investigation is qualitative and is based on data gleaned from interviews with eight immigrant women aged 30 to 51 and from public documents.Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2013) is used to analyze the data. This method is useful when one is trying to find commonalities in meaning among the participants’ responses. Knowledge about the reasons for their limited participation in various courses on offer. When the participants were contacted, they were ensured that all personal information that they provided would be confiderntial and other informaiton would be anonymised and deidentified. All participants who agree to take part in the study were asked to sign the letter of consent in their own language. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that social networking, level of education and income problems are among the factors that affect immigrants´ access to lifelong learning. It also suggests that the Icelandic society embraces different “types” of immigrants differently. The result suggests that in order to help these women, and even others, to move forwards and engage in lifelong learning activities, equal opportunities and equal access to courses need to be secured to all refugees and immigrants in Iceland. The conclusion shows that this will allow them to be more competitive in the labour market and give them access to a wider range of jobs in the society. References Bourdieu, P. (2007). Almenningsálitið er ekki til. (Davíð Kristjánsson ,Trans). Reykjavík: Reykjavíkur Akademían. Bourdieu, P. (1988). Homo Academicus(P. Collier). Cambridge: Polity Press. Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and Symbolic Power ( Raymond& Adamson, Trans). Cambridge: Polity Press. Bourdieu, P. (1997). The Forms of Capital. Í A. H. Hasley, H. Lauder, P. Brown og A. S. Wells (Ed.), Education: Culture, Economy and Society (bls. 46-58). Oxford: University Press. Giddens, A. (2002). Runaway World: How Globalisation is Reshaping Our Lives? London: Profile Books. Giddens, A. (1998). The Third Way: The Renewal of Social Democracy. Cambridge: Polity Press. Giddens, A. (2000). The Consequences of Modernity. Cambridge: Polity Press. Knowles, M. S., Holton III, E. F. og Swanson, R. A. (2005). The Adult Learner: The Definitive Classic in Adult Education and Human Resource Development (6. Edition). San Diego: Elsevier. Lichtman, M. (2006). Qualitative Research in Education: A User´s Guide. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications Putman, R. D. (2000). Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community. New York: Simon & Schuster Silverman, D. (2010). Doing Qualitative Research (3rd edition). London: Sage Publications Ltd. Van Tubergen, F. og Van De Werfhorst, H. (2007). Postimmigration Investments in Education: A study of immigrants in the Netherlands. Demography (bls. 883-898). DOI: 10.1353/dem.2007.0046 Wlodkowski, R. J. (2008). Enhancing Adult Motivation to Learn: A Comprehensive Guide for Teaching All Adults(3rd edition). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Development of Collective Professional Learning for Teachers in Upper Secondary Schools 1Norwegian University of Science and TechnologyTNU, Norway; 2Western Norway University of Applied Science, Norway Presenting Author:The teacher's professional competence is crucial for supporting and developing the increasingly complex skills students need to succeed in a constantly changing society. Professional competence is linked to how teachers learn and how they apply knowledge in practice to promote pupils' learning (Avalos, 2011). In the last 20 years, the focus has shifted from individualized to collective professional learning (Vangrieken & Kyndt, 2020). Nevertheless, there are many indications that schools struggle to facilitate collective learning. The Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) reports few changes to the collaboration among teachers from 2013-2018 (OECD, 2020), and the learning activities of teachers are mainly individual when they participate in school-based professional development (Solheim et al., 2018). Establishing professional learning communities in upper secondary schools is particularly challenging (Aas & Vennebo, 2021). This is linked to the size of the schools, which are often organized with more or less autonomous departments. The teachers are characterized by a large degree of autonomy and a weak tradition of cooperation (Huffman et al., 2016). Desimone (2009) identifies five characteristics of teachers' learning: content focus, active learning, coherence, collective participation and that the development of competence takes place over time. Collective participation seems to be important, something that is also emphasized in the review study of Darling-Hammond et al. (2017). Collaboration and a positive collaborative climate are emphasized together with the use of modeling of effective practice, coaching, and expert support with opportunities for feedback, guidance and joint reflection. Thus, learning is strongly linked to content and context. Social participation as a learning process is central to Wenger's theory of learning (2003). Hargreaves & Fullan (2012) use the term social capital when they highlight the potential that lies in teachers cooperating and learning from each other. The social capital is the cornerstone in developing and changing the teaching profession, and can be developed by the teachers gaining access to the human capital of their colleagues. This means that arenas need to be created to develop collective learning communities. In that context, school leaders can support collaborative processes and promote the development of a professional learning community by focusing on content, clarifying roles and goals, and providing structural support (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012; Timperley et al., 2007). Robinson (2014) specifies five leadership dimensions that affect the school's results: establishing goals and expectations, strategic use of resources, ensuring quality of teaching, leading teachers' learning, and ensuring a safe learning environment. Sølvik and Roland (2022) shine a spotlight on the complexity of leading collective professional learning in schools and realizing management theory in practice. They argue that leaders must provide collective direction, systematically follow up and adapt collective learning processes over time. This involves systems thinking and sensitivity to the school context, which Paulsen (2019) also emphasizes when he uses the term strategic school leadership. Based on the premise that workplace-based competence development is a collective form of learning with the potential to promote collective learning and school development (Hargreaves & O'Connor, 2018), we have in recent years had several major national initiatives in Norway. In this paper, we take one of these initiatives as our point of departure: "Yrkesfaglærerløftet. Strategi for fremtidens fagarbeidere. Kunnskapsdepartementet." (YFL) (KD, 2015). The intention of this initiative is to increase academic quality and strengthen the education. It is assumed that at least three teachers from each school take part in the same further education, and compulsory work requirements will contribute to knowledge sharing in their own collegium (Directorate of Education, 2016). We ask: How can participation in further education for vocational teachers contribute to promoting teachers' professional competence? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a qualitative study with a phenomenological approach. The data material consists of four sub-studies, where empirical data has been collected through semi-structured focus group interviews with 25 teachers and 30 school leaders who have participated in further education. The participants were recruited from 13 secondary schools from four different counties. The criterion for selection of schools is that the schools should have teachers who have participated in further education under YFL. In addition to this, the schools were selected based on our knowledge of the schools. The selection can therefore be said to be motivated both strategically and pragmatically. The teachers who have participated have their teaching on VET programmes. Overview of the data material that forms the basis of the study: Total, interviews: 20; Total, participants: 55; Number of schools: 13; Number of counties: 4; Number of Teachers: 25; Number of school leaders: 30. The interview guide was built upon questions about experiences with sharing knowledge with colleagues, collaboration with fellow students, colleagues and leaders, and organisation and content of competence development/further education. The analysis of the data material has been carried out as a deductive analysis, based on a framework for professional qualification as presented by Smeby & Mausethagen (2017). They emphasize three aspects of the professional qualification: the content of the qualification, various arenas for qualification, and management/leadership of the qualification. We started the analysis with these three categories, and through discussions and new theoretical perspectives we looked at the categories and analyses anew in what can be said to be an interaction between theory and empirical work. Through this, we can see the entire analysis process as an abductive approach (Johannessen et al. 2018). The individual interviews were first analysed by the researchers who had carried out the individual sub-study. To ensure the validity of the analyses, we then carried out a new round of analysis, where the researchers’ shared data and discussed the analyses against each other to ensure consistency. Such peer validation can act as a counterbalance to any blind spots and preconceptions. The study is based on self-reporting from teachers and school leaders. We have not observed the teachers' or managers' practices. We can therefore not draw certain conclusions about what promotes the teachers' competence. However, to the extent that the findings give recognition to others, the study can contribute with "informational power" (Malterud, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results are based on three main categories: qualification content, arenas for the qualification, and the governance and leadership of the qualification. Qualification Content shows the importance of content being based on the participants' own practice and competence needs. The participants can participate actively in testing new practices, and in sharing experiences and reflections in groups. It seems important that the participants have access to different theoretical perspectives in order to analyse their own practice. Modelling of good teaching practice, and supervision on one's own practice, are highlighted as significant. Under arenas for the qualification, the gatherings are highlighted as important for the participants to focus on their own competence development and the school's development work, and to build networks. Valuable arenas in the workplace are networks where teachers collaborate with colleagues in smaller groups. Both the teachers and the school leaders have less good experiences with knowledge sharing in large groups. Under governance and leadership for the qualification, the study shows that the role played by the leaders vary to a great extent. While some teachers experience good support in their competence development from their leaders, most experience the opposite. This is consistent with the self-reporting from leaders’, which describe several situations where they could have facilitated the development of skills better. To summarize, the study shows that the further education is based on key characteristics that support the teachers' learning. The challenges appear to be linked to a lack of arenas for collaboration and collective learning, and a lack of leadership/governance of competence development at the individual school. We discuss how collective learning can be promoted through various arenas at the individual school, and how the leaders can help in a targeted way to facilitate collaboration and collective learning processes over time (Sekkingstad, Morud & Rokkones, 2024). References Avalos, B. (2011). Teacher professional development in Teaching and Teacher Education over ten years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(1), 10–20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.007 Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving Impact Studies of Teachers' Professional Development: Toward Better Conceptualizations and Measures. Educational Researcher, 38(3), 181–199. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X08331140 Hargreaves, A. & O'Connor, M. T. (2018). Collaborative Professionalism : When Teaching Together Means Learning for All. Corwin. Hargreaves, A. & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional Capital: Transforming Teaching in Every School. Routledge. Johannessen, L., Rafoss, T. W. & Rasmussen, E. B. (2018). Hvordan bruke teori?: Nyttige verktøy i kvalitativ analyse. Universitetsforlaget Kunnskapsdepartementet (2015). Yrkesfaglærerløftet. Strategi for fremtidens fagarbeidere. Kunnskapsdepartementet. Malterud, K., Siersma, V. D. & Guassora, A. D. (2016). Sample size in qualitative interview studies: Guided by information power. Qualitative Health Research, 26(13), 1753–1760. OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 results (volume II): Teachers and school leaders as valued professionals. TALIS. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en Paulsen, J. M. (2019). Strategisk skoleledelse (1. utg.). Fagbokforlaget. Robinson, V. M. (2014). Elevsentrert skoleledelse. Cappelen Damm akademisk. Sekkingstad, D., Morud, E.B. & Rokkones, K. (2024). Samarbeid for utvikling av kollektiv profesjonell læring. I Båtevik F.O. et al. (Red). Samarbeid – Fjordantologien 2024. Universitetsforlaget. In process. Smeby, J.-C. & Mausethagen, S. (2017). Profesjonskvalifisering. I S. Mausethagen & J.-C. Smeby (Red.), Kvalifisering til profesjonell yrkesutøvelse (s. 11-20). Universitetsforlaget. Solheim, K., Roland, P., & Ertesvåg, S. K. (2018). Teachers’ perceptions of their collective and individual learning regarding classroom interaction. Educational Research, 60(4), 459–477. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2018.1533790 Sølvik, R. M. & Roland, P. (2022). Teachers’ and principals’ diverse experiences expand the Understanding of how to lead collective professional learning among teachers.International Journal of Leadership in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2021.2021295 Timperley, H., Wilson, A., Barrar, H. & Fung, I. (2007). Teacher professional learning and development: best evidence synthesis iteration (BES). Wellington Ministry of Education Utdanningsdirektoratet (2016). Kunngjøring av oppdrag – kombinete etter- og videreutdanningstilbud for yrkesfaglærerer (piloter). Avdeling for fag- og yrkesopplæring. Vangrieken, K., & Kyndt, E. (2020). The teacher as an Island? A mixed method study on the Relationship between autonomy and collaboration. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 35(1), 177–204. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-019-00420-0020). T Wenger, E. (2003). En sosial teori om læring. I J. Lave & E. Wenger (2003). Situert læring og andre tekster. Hans Reitzels Forlag. Aas, M. & Vennebo, K. F. (2021). Profesjonelle læringsfellesskap: en litteraturgjennomgang. I M. Aas & K. F. Vennebo (2021). Ledelse av profesjonelle læringsfellesskap i skolen. Fagbokforlaget. |
Date: Thursday, 29/Aug/2024 | |
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 09 B: Methods of PLD Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Rita Tavares Sousa Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Exploring the Professional Development Journey of Portuguese Teachers: Factors Shaping Five Decades of Practice 1University of Porto, Portugal; 2University of Porto, Portugal; 3Centro de estudos interdisciplinares em educação e desenvolvimento - CeiED - universidade lusófona Presenting Author:It has been established that effective professional learning does not exclusively rely on intentional and planned development opportunities. In fact, formal and traditional kinds of training, such as courses, workshops and conferences are well represented in almost all education systems, however, other forms of continuing professional development are “emerging with activities that are more peer-based, collaborative, less structured, and focused on grass roots involvement” (Eurydice, 2015: 12). According to Evans (2019), professional development is not limited to intentional initiatives and opportunities, but rather occur as part of everyday working life, within normal working environments and contexts. Professional development empowers teachers to take ownership of their learning and professional growth, fostering a sense of agency and efficacy in their roles as educators. Effective approaches to professional development, which may be defined as what happens when teachers attempt new practices and processes in their work (Saunders, 2014), implies teachers’ professional commitment to learning, professional autonomy, with an active and reflective attitude, in which they are both learners and teachers (Darling-Hammond & McLaughlin, 1995; Čepić et al., 2015). Reflection and research on teachers’ own teaching practice seem to be key aspects leading to continuous improvement in their professional practice. A reflective teacher is someone who is able to reflect on their practice, question their assumptions and make informed decisions based on this. This reflection can take place during practice (reflection in action) or after practice (reflection on action) (Schön, 1992). Research seems to be closely connected with reflection, a concept that can be tied to the notion of teachers as researchers (Schön, 2000; Zeichner, 1993). Zeichner (2003) suggests that teachers should engage in research regarding their own practices as a means of professional development. By doing so, teachers enhance their skills and effectiveness, leading to an improved quality of learning for their students. Nonetheless, the way teachers perceive research may be complex due to the different meanings and interpretations (Sousa et al., 2019). For example, there can be conceptions of research with an orientation toward external products where the intention is to produce an outcome and conceptions that are holistic and analytical with an orientation towards internal processes where the intention is to understand (Brew, 2003). Cain (2016) also delved into how teachers engage with research and identified two primary motives: intrinsic, driven by practical and professional needs like seeking solutions to teaching challenges, self-reflection, and knowledge enhancement; and extrinsic, including aspirations for career advancement, prompted by school leadership, or pursuit of further qualifications. According to Lopes et al. (2023, p.11) “research is related to knowledge about the practice and problem solving, but also with the empowerment of teachers’ ability to identify problems and interpret situations in the light of shared knowledge with the community of educational researchers. It corresponds to a ‘mature professionalism’, which is based on continuous professional development based on learning”. Also, a distinctive feature of teachers' professional development is the fact that we refer to an occupational group whose professional status and working conditions vary from country to country, from context to context (Caena, 2014; Darling-Hammond, 2017). National specificity with regard to professional development and career regulation becomes an important variable when delving into studies related to the professional development of teachers. Considering this background, this study aims to contribute to a deeper understanding of the professional development journey of Portuguese teachers in the last 50 years and to inform on the factors enabling or constraining this process, namely personal, social, political, and institutional contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In Portugal, where the research study is carried out, the generation of teachers that is now retiring has lived through one of the most important periods in the development of the educational system. As such, it is important to capture the accumulated experiential knowledge these teachers detain. According to Rabin and Smith, “it is common for long-time teachers to retire or leave the profession without sharing their stories” (2012, p. 382). However, life stories related to the time span of a professional life provide information about the personal variables of career development and about the social, political, curricular and pedagogical conditions that generate and are generators of different “periods of practice” (Goodson & Ümarik, 2019, p. 592) throughout that time span. This inside knowledge allows one to identify “how teachers create educational theories within the possibilities and constraints of their circumstances - biographical, historical and political, geographical, cultural and discursive” (Middleton, 1996 p. 543). This paper is related to the funded project project "Fifty years of teaching: factors of change and intergenerational dialogue - FYT-ID” (PTDC/CED-EDG/1039/2021), and is based on the collection and analysis of life stories of teachers whose professional careers began between 1973 and 1983, and its primary goal is to study the progression of the educational system in Portugal through the lens of teachers' experiences. This paper intends to identify the various factors that either enable or constrain the professional development of teachers over the last five decades, considering personal, social, political, and institutional contexts. To achieve this goal, we focused on the life stories of 100 Portuguese teachers spanning various educational levels, subject domains, and geographic regions. The professional ethos guiding this study is rooted in the archetype of a teacher who is dedicated and adaptable, epitomizing the concept of teacher agency. To this end, data were gathered through semi-structured interviews designed to elicit detailed accounts of the participants' professional journeys. Subsequently, a paradigmatic analysis was conducted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the preliminary data analysis, it is possible to trace the professional development journey of Portuguese teachers through the last 50 years, pinpointing the various factors that either enabled or constrained this process throughout the years. Reflection and training are very much present in these teachers’ professional lives, with them being involved in continuous training, either to improve their knowledge, skills, and teaching and pedagogical practice or to increase their qualifications and move up the career ladder. Reflection, either on an institutional level - involving the whole school – or personal level - inflection of their practice resulting from reflection – is a significative aspect of these teachers’ professional lives. In this sense, it is also possible to identify incidents of different natures - personal, social, political, and institutional levels - that impacted teachers' career paths and that, consequently, impacted their professional ideals and professional development. These moments are, for instance, linked with factors directly related to their educational practice with students, factors based on institutional relations, namely school management and organization, relations with the community, and ongoing teacher training activities, and factors based on educational and social policies and the general social context. By shedding light on the multifaceted nature of teachers' professional development, the paper may provide valuable insights for policymakers, educational leaders, and practitioners to enhance teacher education programmes, support systems, and professional development opportunities. References Brew, A. (2003). Teaching and research: New relationships and their implications for inquiry-based teaching and learning in higher education. Higher Education Research and Development, 22(1), 3–18. Caena, Francesca (2014). Comparative glocal perspectives on European teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(1), 106-122. Čepić, R., Vorkapić, S. T., Lončarić, D., Anđić, D. & Mihić, S. S. (2015). Considering Transversal Competences, Personality and Reputation in the Context of the Teachers’ Professional Development. International Education Studies, 8(2), 8-20. Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291-309. Darling-Hammond, L., & McLaughlin, M. W. (1995). Policies that support professional development in an era of reform. Phi Delta Kappan, 76(8), 597–604. Eurydice. (2015). The teaching profession in Europe: Practices, perceptions, and policies. Eurydice report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://eacea.ec.europa.eu/national-policies/eurydice/content/teaching-profession-europe-practices-perceptions-and-policies_en Evans, L. (2019). Implicit and informal professional development: what it ‘looks like’, how it occurs, and why we need to research it , Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 3-16. Goodson, I. F., & Ümarik, M. (2019). Changing policy contexts and teachers´ work-life narratives: the case of Estonian vocational teachers. Teachers and Teaching, 25(5), 589-602. doi:10.1080/13540602.2019.1664300 Lopes, A., Folque, A., Marta, M. & Sousa, R. T. (2023). Teacher professionalism towards transformative education: insights from a literature review. Professional Development in Education. Middleton, S. (1996). Towards an oral history of educational ideas in New Zealand as a resource for teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 12(5), 543-560. Rabin, C., & Smith, G. (2012). Stories from Five Decades: How One Teacher's Theatricality, Courage, and Creativity Shaped a Life's Work. Action in Teacher Education, 34(4), 381-391. Saunders, R. (2014). Effectiveness of research-based teacher professional development. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 39(4), 166–184. Schön, A. D. (2000). Educando o profissional reflexivo: Um novo design para o ensino e a aprendizagem. ArtMed. Schön, D. (1992). The Reflective Practitioner. London: Routledge. Sousa, R. T., Lopes, A., & Boyd, P. (2019). Research: An insight on how it is valued by Portuguese and English teacher educators. Teaching Education, 30(4), 393–414. Zeichner, K. (1993). A formação reflexiva de professores: Ideias e práticas. Educa. Zeichner, K. (2003). Teacher research as professional development for P–12 educators in the USA. Educational Action Research, 11(2), 301–326. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Uncovering the Experiences of Educational Design Research: A New Path for Teachers’ Professional Learning in the Curriculum Reform in China University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Educational Design Research (EDR) emerged as a teacher professional inquiry approach in the 1990s (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). It is a process that involves teachers and researchers collaborating to research teaching and learning for the purpose of improving both teaching practice and theoretical understandings through cycles of experimenting and refining (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). EDR has proven effective for teacher professional learning (PL) in many contexts (e.g., Dunn et al., 2019; Lim, 2022), but it is relatively new to China. China has made significant strides in its curriculum and teaching reform by implementing the New National Curriculum Standard. This updated national document provides a comprehensive framework for curriculum, pedagogy, and assessment. One of the most prominent concepts in this framework is large-unit teaching, which has become a trend and marks a significant change in teaching. As a result, there is a pressing need for an effective approach to help teachers learn how to design their lessons based on the large-unit concept as per the New National Curriculum Standard. Accordingly, this study aims to research EDR in the Chinese context and examine whether it is an effective approach to help Chinese teachers adapt their lesson design to the trend of large unit design and the requirements of the New National Curriculum Standard. The goal is to bridge the literature gap and address the reality need for teacher professional learning in the Chinese context and other contexts within the broader global background of curriculum reform. The anticipated outcome of this study is to promote a better understanding of teacher professional learning and contribute to how EDR supports it in general. A particular focus of this study is placed on understanding the characteristics and process of teacher change that occurs as a result of EDR and how the dynamic interplay of external and internal factors affects teacher learning in EDR. This focus formulates the research questions: (1) What changes in teacher teaching practice, knowledge, perspectives, and emotions occur during the different phases of teacher participation in EDR? (2) How does the dynamic interplay of external and internal factors affect teacher learning in EDR? The first theoretical framework is the model of teacher professional growth (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002). It proposes that teacher change occurs naturally in a professional community dealing with four domains — external domain, personal domain, domain of practice, and domain of consequence, mediated by enactment and reflection. It resonates with EDR in that it involves teachers and researchers collaborating throughout the process to study teaching and learning in a specific subject area, for the purpose of improving both teaching practices and theoretical understandings through cycles of testing and refining. During the process, a single sequence or change network should capture dynamic changes across domains. The second theoretical framework is teacher learning mechanisms by Sims et al. (2022) in their systematic review. They reviewed the conditions for teacher learning in professional development and proposed a series of teacher learning mechanisms targeted at developing teachers’ insights, goals, techniques, and practices (I/G/T/P). This provides a plausible framework for this study to examine what combinations of causally active components EDR involves. From the first framework, we already know the external factors and their interactions with teachers and their practice, but little about the working mechanisms. Therefore, this framework is used to explore how external factors connected with EDR interplay with teachers’ internal factors, thus influencing their learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is a case study examining teachers’ EDR experiences in a nine-month professional learning initiative. The professional learning initiative will be focused on designing the class package related to the introduction of the New English Curriculum national education initiative in one secondary public school in Beijing. This initiative will be something that will be occurring regardless of the research. The research seeks to understand the teacher learning that occurs during the initiative. The research involves four phases: initial analysis, intervention introduction, intervention implementation and post-analysis. The research participants include 1 professional learning leader, 8 junior high school English teachers from grade 7, 6 senior high school English teachers from grade 10, the class students of the teacher participants, and 5 school leaders (including the principal, vice principal in charge of the school curriculum reform, the director of the teacher professional centre, and the grade leaders of each of the two grades). The study will involve surveying students and observing their classes; surveying, interviewing (both in groups and individually) and observing teachers; asking the professional learning leader to keep a reflective journal; individually interviewing school leaders; and keeping researcher field notes of the session and classroom observations. Teacher focus groups, individual interviews with school leaders and teachers, along with the professional learning leader’s journals, and teacher surveys will be transcribed. They will be analysed through thematic analysis and coded as the teacher professional growth model (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002), i.e., external domain, personal domain, domain of practice, and domain of consequence. There will also be quantitative results from student surveys through the Likert scale responses. They will be used to triangulate the findings from the interviews and journal sources mentioned above. Thematic analysis will be used to solve the first research question. Based on thematic analysis, contextual analysis will be conducted on the researcher’s field notes. The method is useful for providing interpretive accounts of teachers’ self-expressions from the researcher’s perspectives, not only to triangulate the stated points but also to add up those that have not been stated by teachers but are perceived by the researcher. We will adopt a three-step analysis method of narrative inquiry (Connelly & Clandinin, 2004): broadening, storying and restoring, and burrowing. The teacher learning mechanisms (Sims et al., 2022) serve as a framework for contextual analysis to validate, interpret, and supplement, thus answering the second research question. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Until now, this study has completed the initial analysis, intervention introduction, and the first of three cycles of intervention implementation. So far it is found that there are two major patterns of change network. More change sequences will complement the networks in the upcoming two cycles and more interpretative accounts of the networks should be provided through contextual analysis. It was found that many teachers noted/presented that their knowledge and perspective had changed after the introduction phase. The change in their knowledge was indicated from three aspects, including curriculum knowledge, pedagogical content knowledge, and knowledge of learners. The change in their perspectives was reflected in their understanding of large-unit teaching and their recognition of its value. However, senior teachers, particularly those from grade 10, who had over 8 years of experience, did not notice any significant changes from this phase. They claimed that they were already familiar with the information introduced by the workshops and that the activities only helped them to understand large-unit teaching systematically but did not offer anything new. During the first cycle, it was found that the first type of teachers tried to transfer what they had learned from the introduction phase to the first-time analysis and design. New pedagogical knowledge was input through designing together with the professional learning leader at this stage. Perspectives were changed when they saw how well the large-unit teaching could be designed rather than an abstract concept in the standard. They also changed their practice afterwards. The feedback from themselves and their students afterwards, including homework, unit projects, and assessment rubrics, convinced them that the approach was useful. However, the second type of teachers received negative feedback after they made subtle changes to their practice, then they doubted large unit teaching and showed resistance to the external factors. References Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2004). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. John Wiley & Sons. Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching & Teacher Education, 18(8), 947-967. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00053-7 Dunn, R., Hattie, J., & Bowles, T. (2019). Exploring the experiences of teachers undertaking Educational Design Research (EDR) as a form of teacher professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 151-167. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1500389 Guo, R. N., Tuo, H.Y. (2023). The Exploring of the Effects of Unit Integral Teaching on Junior High School English Homework Based on the Background of the “Double Reduction” Policy. The Educational Review, USA, 7(5), 630-642. https://doi.org/10.26855/er.2023.05.018 Lim, F. V. (2022). A Design-Based Research Approach to the Teaching and Learning of Multiliteracies. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-022-00683-0 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O’Mara-Eves, A., Cottingham, S., Stansfield, C., Goodrich, J., ... & Anders, J. (2022). Effective Teacher Professional Development: New Theory and a Meta-Analytic Test. EdWorkingPaper No. 22-507. Annenberg Institute for School Reform at Brown University. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED616856.pdf |
13:45 - 15:15 | 01 SES 11 B: Can Lecturers Talk Themselves Into Better Teaching? Investigating The Impact Of Collegial Critical Reflection In Academic Development Programmes In Universities Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Molly Sutphen Panel Discussion |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Panel Discussion Can Lecturers Talk Themselves Into Better Teaching? Investigating The Impact Of Collegial Critical Reflection In Academic Development Programmes In Universities 1Roskilde University, Denmark; 2University of Oslo, Norway; 3University of Oslo, Norway; 4Zürich University of Teacher Education, Schwitzerland; 5University of Oslo, Norway; 6Roskilde University, Denmark Presenting Author:Background This international research project views critical reflection on teaching practice as a vital capability for university lecturers. Critical reflection supports continuous development of teaching academics as facilitators of learning experiences who manage the constant change and complexity of the teaching profession (Mathisen & Bjørndal, 2016, p. 230). We use the term ‘Collegial Intervision[1]’ to synthesise the practices of peer observation, collegial discussion, and critical reflection that occur within professional development programs for lecturers at the three universities. The terminology emphasises that participants work together to gain clarity and insight into their practice and philosophy of teaching. The aim is to foster horizontal rather than hierarchical relations between peers (Wenger, 2011), where participants are positioned as co-learners who reflect together. Comparisons and continuities – three international cases Our three universities in Denmark, Norway, and Switzerland are connected through offering peer group collegial dialogues as foundations for professional development of university teachers. This study investigates structured dialogues aim to promote critical reflection as a common practice, seeking to elaborate previous research that documents a variety of beneficial outcomes from peer mentoring groups (de Lange and Wittek, 2023; Gardner et al, 2022). The effects may include professional unity and supportive collegiality, which can stimulate reflective discussions around teaching and supervision in addition to participants’ own peer discussions, informed by different peer mentoring frameworks (de Lange and Wittek, 2023, p. 187). Despite the benefits, empirical research evaluating learning and development in structured collegial dialogue in academic development programmes is scarce. In our project we focus on participants’ experiences of change in their daily teaching practice – considering if they experienced any change. We are interested in how they themselves experience the learning and possible change. Our work is guided by the following research questions:
These questions were explored through interviews and focus groups in the three countries. At each of the universities, individual and focus-group interviews have been conducted with participants who attended the programmes one to three years ago. The data analysis is informed by Mezirow’s concepts of critical reflection and thoughtful action with reflection (Mezirow, 1991, p. 109). Currently, we envisage a convergent approach, where data from each country will be interwoven into a nuanced understanding of critically reflective practice.
Proposed panel discussion – untangling unresolved tensions in academic development The concluding discussion aims to focus on some of the key tensions and questions that recur in our research group conversations:
[1] The meaning of Collegial Intervision is directly translated as ‘collegial shared clear sight’ References de Lange, T., Wittek, L. (2023). Experiences from the PeTS Project: What Lessons Have We Learned, and How Should We Proceed?. In: de Lange, T., Wittek, L. (eds) Faculty Peer Group Mentoring in Higher Education. Higher Education Dynamics, vol 61. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-37458-6_10 Gardner, F., Southall, A. & Baxter, L. (2022) Effectively supporting teachers: a peer supervision model using reflective circles, Teachers and Teaching, 28:3, 369-383, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2022.2062727 Mathisen, P., & Bjørndal, C. (2016). Tablets as a digital tool in supervision of student teachers’ practical training. Nordic Journal of Digital Literacy, 11(4), 227–247. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1891-943x-2016-04-02 Mezirow, J. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco. Wenger, E. (2011) Social learning capacity: Four essays on innovation and learning in social systems. In A Boddington and J Boys (Eds) Re-shaping learning: A Critical Reader. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers:193-210. Chair Molly Sutphen, Professor, University of Oslo, Norway, m.p.sutphen@iped.uio.no |
15:45 - 17:15 | 01 SES 12 B: Professional Learning Research: Looking Back, Looking Across and Looking Forward Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sue Swaffield Panel Discussion |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Panel Discussion Professional Learning Research: Looking Back, Looking Across and Looking Forward 1University of Glasgow, Scotland; 2Independent Academic, Wales; 3UniTreEdu, Italy Presenting Author:Research into teacher professional learning is a sub-field of education research that has been growing steadily over many decades but has shown an exponential increase in recent years. This is illustrated by the growing number of articles in peer-reviewed academic journals (Halinger and Kulophas, 2020), the growth of professional enquiry to generate research-based practice (Clayton and Kilbane, 2016), and the change in terminology from INSET through to professional development to professional learning, as indicated in recent discussions within Network 1 of EERA (EERA, 2019). This panel discussion will take as its stimulus the 50th anniversary of the establishment of the journal Professional Development in Education (PDiE). PDiE was established in 1974 in recognition of the fact that the continuing professional learning of qualified teachers needed to be considered more seriously in the academic world. The panel discussion will provide stimulus for discussion about the state of research in the area by tracing back the early development of research in teacher professional learning, considering how professional learning has evolved across a range of European countries and anticipating where research in this area might go next. Three presentations will be offered as a stimulus for discussion:
Participants will be invited to discuss the extent to which research on teacher professional learning in and beyond Europe has served us well to-date, and to work together to identify a future research agenda that will offer us greater power to theorise professional learning in ways that can contribute to enhancing practice. References Asterhan, C.S.C. & Lefstein, A. (2024). The search for evidence-based features of effective teacher professional development: a critical analysis of the literature. Professional Development in Education, 50(1) (page numbers to be inserted after typesetting). 11-23. doi:10.1080/19415257.2023.2283437 Clayton, C. and Kilbane, J. (2016). Learning in tandem: professional development for teachers and students as inquirers. Professional Development in Education, 42(3), 458–481. doi:10.1080/19415257.2014.997397. EERA (2019). Interview with Link Convenors. https://eera-ecer.de/networks/1-professional-learning-and-development accessed 23 January 2024 Hallinger, P. & Kulophas, D. (2020). The evolving knowledge base on leadership and teacher professional learning: a bibliometric analysis of the literature, 1960-2018. Professional Development in Education, 46(4), 521-540. DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2019.1623287 Jones, K. & O’Brien J. (2024). From INSET to professional learning: 50 years of change as seen through the pages of Professional Development in Education. Professional Development in Education, 50(1), 1-10. DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2024.2296231 Jones, K., Ostinelli, G. & Crecentini, A. (2024). Innovation in teacher professional learning in Europe: Research, policy and practice. Routledge. Kennedy, A., & Stevenson, H. (2023). Beyond reproduction: The transformative potential of professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 49(4), 581–585. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2226971 Lee, M. (1997). The development of in-service education and training as seen through the pages of the British journal of in-service education. Journal of In-Service Education, 23(1), 9–22. doi:10. 1080/13674589700200008 Ostinelli, G. & Crescentini, A. (2021). Policy, culture and practice in teacher professional development in five European countries. A comparative analysis. Professional Development in Education, 50(1), 74-90, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2021.1883719 Torrance, D., Mifsud, D., Niesche, R. & Fertig, M. (2023). Headteachers and the pandemic: themes from a review of literature on leadership for professional learning in complex times. Professional Development in Education, 49(6), 1103–1116. doi:10.1080/19415257.2023.2229333 Chair Dr Sue Swaffield, ses42@cam.ac.uk, University of Cambridge, England |
17:30 - 19:00 | 01 SES 13 B: Teachers understanding practice Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Larissa Jõgi Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teachers‘ Use of Informal Learning Opportunities: Frequencies and their Correlations with Individual Characteristics in Germany 1University of Tübingen, Germany; 2University College of Teacher Education Vorarlberg Presenting Author:In teachers’ lifelong professionalization, informal learning represents a core aspect of continuous professional development in addition to organized in-service training. Informal learning opportunities that are usually initiated and controlled by the teachers themselves include, among other things, obtaining teaching-related feedback from students and colleagues, which is considered to be extremely effective for teachers’ learning (e.g., Hattie & Clarke, 2019; Ridge und Lavigne, 2020). In contrast to surveying the frequency of participation in continuing education and training courses, it has been difficult so far to measure the use of informal learning opportunities as comprehensively as possible, since many survey instruments list activities that are considered to be conducive to learning in a more or less random manner (Dobischat & Gnahs, 2008). For the teaching profession, Kwakman (2003) identified a variety of informal learning opportunities in a qualitative interview study, which in a multi-step process finally led to the development and validation of the Teachers’ Professional Development at Work (TPD) survey instrument (Evers et al., 2016) with the dimensions ‘Experimenting’, ‘Collaborating for School Development’, ‘Collaborating for Lessen Development’, ‘Keeping Up-to-date: Reading’, and ‘Reflecting and Asking for Feedback’. This study tests a German adaptation of this originally Dutch instrument and examines the relationships between the informal learning opportunity dimensions and exemplary demographic, dispositional, and job-related characteristics that are highly relevant for the use of learning opportunities (Cerasoli et al., 2018; Richter et al., 2011). The following research questions are addressed: RQ1: Can the dimensions of the use of informal learning opportunities identified in Evers et al. (2016) be confirmed in a German translation of the instrument? RQ2: How often do teachers in Germany use different dimensions of informal learning opportunities? RQ3: To what extent do age, gender, the lack of a qualification for the teaching profession, general self-efficacy, and the takeover of tasks in the extended school leadership show effects on the frequency of using informal learning opportunities? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions, we used a quantitative online questionnaire survey. A representative sample with regard to age, gender and school type of N = 405 teachers from Germany was surveyed in fall 2019 by a German survey service provider. The online questionnaire was based on a German adaptation of the TPD (21 items, response scale 1 = never to 5 = always), supplemented by individual items to capture demographic and job-related characteristics. General self-efficacy expectancy was assessed by a scale from Schwarzer and Jerusalem (1999; 10 items, ω=.886). Regarding RQ1, we used confirmatory factor analyses, following the usual cut-off values for the fit statistics (CFI ≥ .95, SRMR ≤ .08, RMSEA ≤ .05; Kline, 2016). To address the second research question, we calculated scale means and standard deviations. Finally, to answer RQ3, we estimated a structural equation model in which the frequencies of use are predicted by the individual characteristics of the teachers, controlling for school characteristics. We conducted structural equation analyses using the R package lavaan. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Confirmatory analysis of the factor structure of the TPD indicated the necessity for modification of the dimensions found in Evers et al. (2016) (Χ2(179)=431.8, p<.001, RMSEA=.064, SRMR=.064, CFI=.892). Based on an analysis regarding model misspecification (Saris et al., 2009), three double-loading items were removed, and the reading-related dimension was split regarding print media and Internet information. The final model with the dimensions ‘reflection and feedback’ (M=3.45, SD=0.64), ‘informing online’ (M=3.40, SD=0.77), ‘cooperation for lesson development’ (M=3.16, SD=0.77), ‘innovating and testing’ (M=3.01, SD=0.62), ‘cooperation for school development’ (M=3.00, SD=0.72) and ‘reading print media’ (M=2.91, SD=0.85) shows a good fit (Χ2(118)=212.7, p<.001, RMSEA=.048, SRMR=.046, CFI=.951). Regression analysis revealed positive gender effects (gender: female) on the dimensions of innovating/testing (β=.17**), reflecting/feedback (β=.26***), and the forms of cooperation (school development: β=.15*; instructional development: β=.23***). In terms of age, there was a quadratic pattern for reading print media, indicating more frequent reception up to about age 50 with a subsequent decline (β=-.14*). Higher general self-efficacy expectancy exhibits positive effects on innovating (β=.21**) and school development-related cooperation (β=.19***). Our findings show that a translation of the TPD can be applied in German-speaking countries with some adaptations. In particular, the use of online information sources seems to be moving away from the items relating to paper-based information sources in the previously used reading dimension. Using a representative sample, the study provides an insight into the frequency of use of informal learning opportunities in Germany, according to which teachers often seem to reflect on their teaching, seek feedback, and prefer online resources. Teachers' age only appears relevant for reading print media. Female teachers seem to use most informal learning opportunities slightly more frequently than male. In the presentation, we will discuss the comparability with findings from other countries and practical implications. References Cerasoli, C. P., Alliger, G. M., Donsbach, J. S., Mathieu, J. E., Tannenbaum, S. I. & Orvis, K. A. (2018). Antecedents and Outcomes of Informal Learning Behaviors: a Meta-Analysis. Journal of Business and Psychology, 33(2), 203–230. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10869-017-9492-y Dobischat, R. & Gnahs, D. (2008). Methodische Reflexionen und Verbesserungsansätze zum BSW-AES. In Weiterbildungsverhalten in Deutschland. Band 2: Berichtskonzepte auf dem Prüfstand (pp. 219–229). Bielefeld: Deutsches Institut für Erwachsenenbildung. Evers, A. T., Kreijns, K. & van der Heijden, B. I. (2016). The design and validation of an instrument to measure teachers’ professional development at work. Studies in Continuing Education, 38(2), 162–178. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037x.2015.1055465 Hattie, J., & Clarke, S. (2019). Visible learning: Feedback. Routledge. Kline, R. B. (2016). Principles and practice of structural equation modeling. Methodology in the social sciences. Guilford Press. Kwakman, K. (2003). Factors affecting teachers’ participation in professional learning activities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 19(2), 149–170. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00101-4 Richter, D., Kunter, M., Klusmann, U., Lüdtke, O. & Baumert, J. (2011). Professional development across the teaching career: Teachers’ uptake of formal and informal learning opportunities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(1), 116–126. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.07.008 Ridge, B. L., & Lavigne, A. L. (2020). Improving instructional practice through peer observation and feedback: A review of the literature. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28, 61. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.28.5023 Saris, W. E., Satorra, A. & van der Veld, W. M. (2009). Testing Structural Equation Models or Detection of Misspecifications? Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 16(4), 561–582. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705510903203433 Schwarzer, R. & Jerusalem, M. (1999). Skalen zur Erfassung von Lehrer- und Schülermerkmalen: Dokumentation der psychometrischen Verfahren im Rahmen der wissenschaftlichen Begleitung des Modellversuchs Selbstwirksame Schulen. Freie Universität Berlin. http://userpage.fu-berlin.de/%7Ehealth/self/skalendoku_selbstwirksame_schulen.pdf 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Flourishing or Floundering? Exploring Ukrainian Elementary School Teacher Understandings of Their Professional Experience University of Glasgow Presenting Author:Brief Abstract Main Research Question and Sub-Questions Theoretical Considerations Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology The structure of this empirical investigation (Hedges, 2017) was the following: qualitative approach (Creswell, 2017; Cleland, 2015; Denzin & Lincoln, 2005; Gay & Airasian, 2003), interpretivist/constructivist paradigm (Scauso, 2020; Hay, 2011; Bevir & Rhodes, 2003), subjectivist stance (Moon & Blackman, 2017; Ratner, 2002; Lincoln & Guba, 2000), narrative inquiry (Barkhuizen 2016; Stanley & Temple, 2008; Clandinin & Connelly, 2000), and template analysis (King 2004, 1998). Data was collected by means of the ZOOM online meeting platform using a combination of semi-structured focused discussions (Munday, 2006; Warr, 2005; Bromley & Fishcher, 2000), visual data instruments (“River of Experience” (Cabaroglu & Denicolo, 2008; Richardson, 2003; Pope & Denicolo, 1990) and auto-photography (Bailey & Harken, 2014; Pain, 2012; Colier & Collier, 1986)), and semi-structured individual interviews (Price & Jewitt; King, 2004; Mischler, 1991). Data collection began several days after the Russian invasion of Ukraine in 2022 and lasted four months. Data collection was conducted within the ethical context of crisis zone research, which recognizes that, although victims of humanitarian crises are a vulnerable group and therefore are worthy of added protection, such protection should not be to the extent that they are prevented from participating in research in which they have volunteered to be involved (Mazurana et al., 2013; Helbardt et al., 2010; Mfutso-Bengo et al., 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In answer to the main research question—what does it mean to flourish professionally for Ukrainian elementary school teachers? —the data indicated a blend of elements, namely, • To persevere – that is, as an individual, to guard self-respect and foster capaciousness when faced with upheaval at any level, personally or professionally, recognizing and addressing ‘the ironies of policy and the ironies of practice’ (Hoyle & Wallace 2007, p. 9) by ‘keeping things vital’ (Cammarano & Stutelberg, 2020, 5), that is, continuing to move forward. The teachers studied demonstrated that a stoic disposition, sustained heutagogical approaches (self-determined learning), and concerted efforts (or an outward stance) formed a synergistic defense against uncertainty, unexpected shifts, and even danger. Collectively, they appeared to subscribe to the view that fear is a bad advisor, and that courage is not a heroic personality trait limited to the few. • To innovate – that is, to master the roles of leader and coordinator of the educational process, engage in ‘principled infidelity’ (Hoyle & Wallace 2007, p. 9) when veering away from traditional curricula, methods, established philosophies, and policies in order to embrace new ones; to brave change agency as an expression of decentralization politics; and to act as early adopters of Education 4.0 technologies through entangled pedagogies. • To cultivate identity – that is, to reflect on the continuum of national education history continuously and critically in order to envision a path forward for learners that does not sacrifice cultural identity in the name of Europeanization and globalization; to seek and develop diverse forms of professional community where professional identity can safely be interrogated, adjusted, adapted, and finessed for the benefit of self and society; and to model democratic principles in teaching and learning inside and outside the classroom. References Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1996). Teachers' professional knowledge landscapes: Teacher stories. stories of teachers. school stories. stories of schools. Educational Researcher, 25(3), 24-30. https://doi.org/10.2307/1176665 Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2005). The discipline and practice of qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin and Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 1-31). Fimyar, O. (2010). Policy why(s): Policy rationalities and the changing logic of educational reform in postcommunist Ukraine. In I. Silova (Ed.), Post-socialism is not dead: (Re)reading the global in comparative education (International Perspectives on Education and Society, 14, pp. 61-91). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-3679(2010)0000014006 Hoyle, E., & Wallace, M. (2007). Educational reform: An ironic perspective. Educational Management, Administration & Leadership, 35(1), 9-25. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143207071383 King, N. (2004). Using templates in the thematic analysis of text. In C. Cassell & G. Symon (Eds.), Essential guide to qualitative methods in organizational research, (pp. 256-270). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://www.doi.org/10.4135/9781446280119.n21 Mfutso-Bengo, J., Masiye, F., & Muula, A. (2008). Ethical challenges in conducting research in humanitarian crisis situations. Malawi Medical Journal, 20(2), 46-49. https://doi.org/10.4314/mmj.v20i2.10956 Nussbaum, M. C. (2006). Education and democratic citizenship: Capabilities and quality education. Journal of Human Development, 7(3), 385-395. https://doi.org/10.1080/14649880600815974 Nussbaum, M. C. (2011). Creating Capabilities. The Human Development Approach. Harvard University Press. 10.4159/harvard.9780674061200 Olssen, M., & Peters, M. A. (2005). Neoliberalism, higher education and the knowledge economy. From the free market to knowledge capitalism. Journal of Education Policy, 20(3), 313-345. doi:10.1080/02680930500108718 Pope, M., & Denicolo, P. (1990). Adults learning – Teachers thinking. In C. Day, M. Pope, & P. Denicolo (Eds.), Insights into teachers’ thinking and practice. Routledge. http://bit.ly/39FQBrp Rizvi, F. (2007). Postcolonialism and globalization in education. Cultural Studies, Critical Methodologies, 7(3), 256-263. https://doi.org/10.1177/1532708607303606 Sen, A. (1993). Capability and well‐being. In M. Nussbaum & A. Sen (Eds.), The quality of life (Oxford, online edition), (pp. 30-53). Oxford Academic. https://doi-org.ezproxy.lib.gla.ac.uk/10.1093/0198287976.003.0003 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Knowledge brokering Østfold University College, Norway Presenting Author:Knowledge brokering’ illustrates how knowledge can move between research communities and contexts outside of academia (Olejniczak, 2017; Ward et al., 2009). The term is also present in governmental documents in Norway, most recently in National Strategy for Research on Education 2020-2024 (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2020) and the state budget for 2023 (Finansdepartementet, 2022). In the strategy, the Norwegian Ministry of education states that “[…] all activities that promote the use of research can be labelled knowledge brokering” (p. 15, our translation). Based on this, it is hard to see how the concept of knowledge brokering differs from terms like knowledge transition (Kumar & Ganesh, 2009; Lavis et al., 2003), knowledge mediation (Montalt-Resurrecció & Shuttleworth, 2012), and knowledge transaction (Patsarika & Townsend, 2022). To understand what knowledge brokering entails, it becomes necessary to study the term conceptually. The ability to apply knowledge in contexts outside of its domain of origin is an epistemological challenge (Leppälä, 2012). Still, this is required in professional school and kindergarden development and projects driven by research-based decisions. We will focus on knowledge brokering between academic institutions and primary schools, considering school development. Conceptual framework When it comes to development in the educational sector, it is not possible to point our finger at something as the result of the process, as we work with immaterial objects. These objects must be constructed socially. Through situated learning (Lave & Wenger, 1991) and sociocultural approaches (Säljö, 2007), it becomes apparent that language plays a definite role in meaning-making and is understood as a medium by which we construct the objects we work on. Statement of the problem What can ‘knowledge brokering’ entail in the relationship between academia and primary schools, regarding professional development in both sectors? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We will apply discourse analysis to examine how ‘knowledge brokering’ is used in various documents and discuss its possible content. We will use Wartofsky’s (1979) perspective on 'model’ as an analytic taxonomy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Significance of the Research As the potential for collaborative development between academia and primary schools seem to be unfulfilled, this research will contribute to seeing this relationship in new ways. Our view on ‘knowledge brokering’ is highly optimistic. We argue that this field has the potential to advance the way we understand the application of knowledge in the social sciences. References Finansdepartementet. (2022). Meld. St. 1. Nasjonalbudsjettet 2023. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-1-20222023/id2931224/ Kumar, J. A. & Ganesh, L. S. (2009). Research on knowledge transfer in organizations: a morphology. Journal of Knowledge Management, 13(4), 161–174. https://doi.org/10.1108/13673270910971905 Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2020). Forskning, kunnskaps megling og bruk. Strategi for utdanningsforskning 2020–2024. https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/8b5e5ebb145540f581c9996ef164acfb/kd_strategi-for-utdanningsforskning-2020-2024.pdf Lave, J. & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated Learning. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511815355 Lavis, J. N., Robertson, D., Woodside, J. M., McLeod, C. B., Abelson, J. & Group, K. T. S. (2003). How Can Research Organizations More Effectively Transfer Research Knowledge to Decision Makers? The Milbank Quarterly, 81(2), 221–248. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0009.t01-1-00052 Leppälä, S. (2012). An Epistemological Perspective on Knowledge Transfers: From Tacitness to Capability and Reliability. Industry and Innovation, 19(8), 631–647. https://doi.org/10.1080/13662716.2012.739759 Montalt-Resurrecció, V. & Shuttleworth, M. (2012). Research in translation and knowledge mediation in medical and healthcare settings. Linguistica Antverpiensia, New Series–Themes in Translation Studies, 11. Olejniczak, K. (2017). The Game of Knowledge Brokering. American Journal of Evaluation, 38(4), 554–576. https://doi.org/10.1177/1098214017716326 Patsarika, M. & Townsend, S. (2022). Interdisciplinary Service Learning as a Critical Knowledge Transaction Space in University-Community Engagement. The Educational Forum, 86(2), 185–198. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131725.2020.1859661 Säljö, R. (2007). Læring i praksis. Et sosiokulturelt perspektiv. Cappelen Damm akademisk. Ward, V. L., House, A. O. & Hamer, S. (2009). Knowledge brokering: Exploring the process of transferring knowledge into action. BMC Health Services Research, 9(1), 12. https://doi.org/10.1186/1472-6963-9-12 Wartofsky, M. W. (1979). Models. Representation and the Scientific Understanding. (R. S. Cohen, Ed.). Springer. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-009-9357-0 |
Date: Friday, 30/Aug/2024 | |
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 14 B: Agency of Educational Professionals: How to Become a Super Agent? Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Harry Stokhof Research Workshop |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Research Workshop Agency of Educational Professionals: How to Become a Super Agent? Hogeschool Arnhem Nijmege, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:The Dutch Educational Network “Sprong Voorwaarts [“Jump Forward”] aims to contribute to knowledge utilization related to future-oriented education. In total, 13 partner organizations participate in the network varying from primary and secondary schools, teacher education institutes, and an academy for community and talent. Within this network teachers, teacher educators, and researchers collaborate in ‘Knowledge Labs’ (KL) to develop knowledge products for daily practice. The network aims at finding possible solutions for future challenges in education related to four overarching themes (1) developing teacher behavior, (2) developing teacher identity, (3) developing leadership and (4) developing organizations. This workshop focuses on the output of the Knowledge Lab: ‘Agency of Educational Professionals’ which is related to the theme of developing teacher behavior in the context of innovations in education. Agency is defined as "the conscious and purposeful exercise of influence, making choices, taking advantage of opportunities or adopting a proactive attitude resulting in changes in the work situation and/or in one's own professional development (Eteläpelto et al., 2013). Agency is seen as an important part of the professionalism of teachers and teacher educators especially in relation to the continuous changes in education (Oolbekkink et al., 2017). Researchers have indicated that teachers’ professional agency is a key capability for advancing student learning, and for their continuing professional development and school development (Toom et al., 2015). Agency is “practiced when teachers exert influence, make informed choices in a way that affects their work within and beyond schools, and/or their professional identities (Eteläpelto et al. 2013, p. 61).” In relation to the role teachers can play in educational innovations they are sometime referred to as change agents. A study by Van der Heijden et al. (2015) indicates characteristics of change agents pertaining to lifelong learning, mastery, entrepreneurship and collaboration. However, how to effectively promote professional agency of teachers is still uncharted territory, especially because knowing what agency is, does not automatically gives professionals the capacity to develop their agency within their professional contexts (Oolbekkink et al., 2017). Research suggests that professionals are more likely to develop professional agency, when they: a) involve themselves in acts of agency fitted to their professional contexts, b) choose acts of agency that are within their zone of proximal development, c) when they discuss together which actions are most suitable in specific contexts for them to develop agency, and d) when they reflect on the impact of these actions on the development of their agency (Van der Heijden et al., 2015). These insights were used to develop a knowledge product for practice: the serious game Super Agent in the Knowledge Lab. The Super Agent game is built around ‘Super Agents’ who all represent a specific quality that supports agency (for example Socrates is the Super Agent that represents “reflection” in the game). All the qualities that are related to change agency characteristics are operationalized in concrete actions that can be undertaken in daily educational practice. After playing this game, the participants are expected to have gained insight in their own agency and they will have taken a next step on their path of lifelong learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During the first year of its existence, the members of the Knowledge Lab developed a game for educational professionals which aims to encourage agentic actions and reflection. Using the Design-Based Research methodology (McKenney & Reeves, 2018 ) and Design Thinking (Brown, 2008), researchers explored: What are the most important characteristics of professional agency?, Which persona might represent those characteristics?, Which kind of actions might support agency from the perspective of that specific characteristic? For example, developing the qualities of the Super Agent “the Entrepreneur” is fostered when professionals take actions such as: taking initiatives, persevering on a task, setting goals, monitoring boundaries, etc. In the second year the Knowledge Lab was continued and the first version of the game was tested in different settings. The following version was developed in co-design with educational partners (Sanders & Stappers, 2018) using the prototyping methodology for serious games (Viudes-Carbonell et al., 2021). Prototypes of the game where tested in several rounds of testing and development. Four rounds of play sessions were organized with small (N=8 up to N=12) mixed groups of educational professionals: teacher educators, teachers from higher and secondary education and teacher-students. Every play session was evaluated with the participants, and each time the game mechanics, the super agents, the action cards, and the gaming experience were discussed, leading every time to small or bigger changes in the game design. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The game that was developed received enthusiastic comments from the network partners. A major finding was that the Super Agents were not only appealing to the participants and clarifying what agency was about, but they also made very clear how the specific characteristics of agency could be developed to a maximum. A second important finding was, that although the actions cards needed to be aligned to the Super Agents, they worked best when suggested actions were not too specific. When participants were invited to make a more general suggestion for an action (for example “visit a webinar and share your findings with a colleague”) more specific for their own contexts, this would make the enactment of the action more likely and more beneficial for the player. Finally, a third major finding was, that playing the game made players more aware of the possibilities for developing agency, but organizing a second “return” meeting in which players could exchange whether and how they had implemented the proposed actions and reflect on the reasons why they had or had not succeeded in doing so, was most beneficial for understanding and developing their agency. The preferred outcome of this workshop is to provide participants with a gaming experience with our serious game in order to help them understand how we encourage educational professionals to develop their agency in daily educational practices. After playing this game, the participants will: a) have gained insight in what the agency concept means, b) gained an experience of how to strengthen their own agency, and c) will have acquired deeper knowledge how the game mechanics in a serious game may contribute to the intended goals of the game. References Brown, T. (2008). Design thinking. Harvard business review , 86 (6), 84. Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting educational design research. London, UK: Routledge. Oolbekkink-Marchand, H. W., Hadar, L. L., Smith, K., Helleve, I., & Ulvik, M. (2017). Teachers' perceived professional space and their agency. Teaching and teacher education, 62, 37-46. Sanders, E.B. & Stappers, P.J. (2008). Co-creation and the new landscapes of design, Co-design, 4,(1), 5-18. Toom, A., Pyhältö, K., & Rust, F. O. (2015). Teachers’ professional agency in contradictory times. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 615–623. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044334 Van der Heijden, H. R. M. A., Geldens, J. J., Beijaard, D., & Popeijus, H. L. (2015). Characteristics of teachers as change agents. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 681-699 Viudes-Carbonell, S. J., Gallego-Durán, F. J., Llorens-Largo, F., & Molina-Carmona, R. (2021). Towards an iterative design for serious games. Sustainability, 13(6), 3290. |
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address: Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2024 |
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.153+TC © 2001–2025 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany |